Document:

Exhibit 10.1

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  The Children’s Place

  Fort Payne, Alabama

  

  Project 103522

  Material Handling System and Engineering Services

  2006-September-27

  

 

 

	
  Creating Logistics Results

  	
   

  	
  Dematic

  

 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
  Proposal for Conveyor System

  

Introduction

Dematic’s goal is to provide The Children’s
Place with the best system solution available, including cost-effective
technologies, control systems, software, visualization systems, integration and
services. This will help The Children’s Place to optimize service to its
customers, reduce distribution lead-time, enhance material tracking, and
support reduction of overall operating costs. We look forward to working
together with The Children’s Place to build this innovative Material Handling
System.

Executive Summary

This Proposal covers a Material Handling
System encompassing conveyor equipment, controls, software, commissioning and
training and is summarized with the following tasks.

Project Management

Project Management assures that the material
handling system is delivered on time according to the Schedule and coordinates
the final design that meets the operational requirements defined in this
Proposal. A successful project management plan is accomplished through
interactions between Dematic and The Children’s Place Personnel.

Mechanical Engineering

Mechanical Engineering refines the layout
drawings that are submitted with this Proposal. They also prepare installation
drawings, design nonstandard equipment components, and integrate the standard
and nonstandard equipment into an operational system.

Controls Engineering

Controls Engineering provides the development
of an electrical controls scheme, selection of controls components, preparation
of schematic wiring diagrams, and preparation of detailed Descriptions of
Operation(s).

Software Engineering

Software Engineering implements the
information technology portion of the system, including programming,
integration, testing, training, and Functional Description documentation.
Operator manuals are created for the training.

 i
 

Training and
Support

·                                          Dematic
provides in-depth training to enable Personnel to properly operate and maintain
the system

·                                          Dematic
provides technical and operational support for the first week of The Children’s
Place’s operations

·                                          Extended
maintenance support packages are available

·                                          Dematic
has an Engineering staff that understands The Children’s Place’s expectations
and has the resources to meet The Children’s Place’s needs

·                                          Dematic
provides detailed Operations and Maintenance training tailored to The Children’s
Place’s specific needs

·                                          Dematic
has Customer Service Emergency Support available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week
by way of a toll free number

ISO 9001:2000 Registered

Dematic is registered to the ISO-9001:2000
International Standard for Quality Management Systems.

The registration applies to all Dematic
Manufacturing, Engineering, Project Management and Customer Service processes.

 ii
 

Revisions

	
  Revision
  Level

  	
   

  	
  Date of Revision

  	
   

  	
  Detail of Revision

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2006-September-27

  	
   

  	
  Initial Release.

  

 

 iii
 

Table of Contents

	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Title Page

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  1.1

  	
   

  	
  Proposal Content

  	
   

  	
  2

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Scope of Work

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.1

  	
   

  	
  Design and Engineering

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.2

  	
   

  	
  Material Handling System

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.3

  	
   

  	
  Integration

  	
   

  	
  4

  
	
  2.4

  	
   

  	
  Training

  	
   

  	
  4

  
	
  2.5

  	
   

  	
  Documentation

  	
   

  	
  5

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  System Overview

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.1

  	
   

  	
  System Material Flows

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.2

  	
   

  	
  Receiving

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Merge

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
  3.4

  	
   

  	
  SKU Sorter

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  Tote Make-up

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
  3.6

  	
   

  	
  Carton Make-up

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
  3.7

  	
   

  	
  Tote Sorter

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
  3.8

  	
   

  	
  Put-to-Light Carton Build Area

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
  3.9

  	
   

  	
  Tapers and Dunnage

  	
   

  	
  10

  
	
  3.10

  	
   

  	
  Label Print and Apply Area

  	
   

  	
  10

  
	
  3.11

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Sorter

  	
   

  	
  11

  
	
  3.12

  	
   

  	
  Startup-Procedure (Typical)

  	
   

  	
  12

  
	
  3.13

  	
   

  	
  Emergency Stop Procedure (Typical)

  	
   

  	
  12

  
	
  3.14

  	
   

  	
  Accumulation Flow Control (Typical)

  	
   

  	
  12

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  Project Management

  	
   

  	
  13

  
	
  4.1

  	
   

  	
  Project Team Organization

  	
   

  	
  13

  
	
  4.2

  	
   

  	
  Project Scheduling

  	
   

  	
  14

  
	
  4.3

  	
   

  	
  Training

  	
   

  	
  15

  
	
  4.4

  	
   

  	
  Schedule

  	
   

  	
  20

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  Material Handling System

  	
   

  	
  21

  
	
  5.1

  	
   

  	
  Materials to be Handled

  	
   

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical Equipment Details

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
  6.1

  	
   

  	
  C-L Conveyor Components

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
  6.2

  	
   

  	
  Detailed Mechanical Equipment List

  	
   

  	
  26

  
	
  6.3

  	
   

  	
  Detail Sheets

  	
   

  	
  56

  
	
  6.4

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical Specifications

  	
   

  	
  82

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  Controls Equipment Details

  	
   

  	
  84

  

 

 iv
 

 

	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  C-L100 Integrated Conveying Solution

  	
   

  	
  84

  
	
  7.2

  	
   

  	
  Control Devices

  	
   

  	
  86

  
	
  7.3

  	
   

  	
  E-stops and Interlocking

  	
   

  	
  93

  
	
  7.4

  	
   

  	
  Control Cabinets

  	
   

  	
  94

  
	
  7.5

  	
   

  	
  Standard Controls Hardware

  	
   

  	
  94

  
	
  7.6

  	
   

  	
  GSMi
  Visualization

  	
   

  	
  95

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  Computer Information System

  	
   

  	
  112

  
	
  8.1

  	
   

  	
  Integrated Software System – Proposal Overview

  	
   

  	
  112

  
	
  8.2

  	
   

  	
  System Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  115

  
	
  8.3

  	
   

  	
  SortDirector Overview

  	
   

  	
  115

  
	
  8.4

  	
   

  	
  PickDirector Overview

  	
   

  	
  122

  
	
  8.5

  	
   

  	
  Project Parameters

  	
   

  	
  127

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  Proposal Specifications

  	
   

  	
  133

  
	
  9.1

  	
   

  	
  General

  	
   

  	
  133

  
	
  9.2

  	
   

  	
  The Children’s Place Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  134

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10

  	
   

  	
  Safety

  	
   

  	
  135

  
	
  10.1

  	
   

  	
  Mutual Commitment to Safety

  	
   

  	
  135

  
	
  10.2

  	
   

  	
  OSHA Lockout / Tagout Rules

  	
   

  	
  136

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11

  	
   

  	
  Service Support

  	
   

  	
  137

  
	
  11.1

  	
   

  	
  Additional Optional Services Available from Dematic

  	
   

  	
  138

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  System Pricing

  	
   

  	
  142

  
	
  12.1

  	
   

  	
  Base System

  	
   

  	
  142

  
	
  12.2

  	
   

  	
  Pricing Notes

  	
   

  	
  142

  
	
  12.3

  	
   

  	
  Delivery and Shipping Terms

  	
   

  	
  143

  
	
  12.4

  	
   

  	
  Export Laws and Regulations

  	
   

  	
  143

  
	
  12.5

  	
   

  	
  Payment Terms

  	
   

  	
  143

  
	
  12.6

  	
   

  	
  Commercial Terms

  	
   

  	
  144

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  13

  	
   

  	
  Sales Agreement

  	
   

  	
  145

  
	
  13.1

  	
   

  	
  General Terms and Conditions – Exhibit A

  	
   

  	
  146

  

 

 v

 

1         Title Page

Dematic Corp. (hereinafter
referred to as “Dematic”) with offices located at:

6 Powder Horn Drive

Warren, New Jersey 07059

	
  Submits this Proposal to:

  	
   

  	
  Equipment to be installed at:

  
	
  The Children’s
  Place Services Company, LLC

  	
   

  	
  The Children’s Place

  
	
  (Hereinafter
  referred to as “The Children’s Place”)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  915 Secaucus
  Road

  	
   

  	
  Airport Road West

  
	
  Secaucus, New
  Jersey 07094

  	
   

  	
  Fort Payne, Alabama 35968

  
	
  Don Whiteford

  	
   

  	
  Don Whiteford

  

 

This Proposal consists of
the following:

1.                         Sales
Agreement No. 103522, including General Terms and Conditions - Exhibit A.

2.                         Sections
1 through 13.

3.                         Dematic
drawings: Q103522-C010, Rev. C, Sheets 1 and 2, Dated September 6, 2006.

4.                         Other
documents: None.

If information in any
document conflicts with that in another, governing priority shall be given to
documents in the order listed above.

All information in this
Proposal is confidential and has been prepared for The Children’s Place’s use
solely in considering the purchase of the equipment and/or services described
herein. The Children’s Place’s use for any other purpose, or transmission to
others of all or any part of this information, including, but not limited to,
drawings, process flow diagrams, sequence of operation, and pricing, is
unauthorized without Dematic’s prior written consent. All Dematic
specifications and drawings remain the property of Dematic and are subject to
recall at any time.

© copyright 2006, Dematic
Corp. All rights reserved. The contents of this Proposal may not be reproduced
without the prior written permission of Dematic Corp.

This
Proposal is submitted by:

	
  /s/ Thomas R Dancer

  	
   

  	
  Business Development Manager

  	
   

  	
  732 563-1330 ext. 300

  
	
  Thomas Dancer

  	
   

  	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Phone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ John Van
  Walleghem

  	
   

  	
  General Manager

  	
   

  	
  732 563-1330 ext. 500

  
	
  John Van
  Walleghem

  	
   

  	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Phone

  

 

The Offer Period for this
Proposal shall terminate 30 days from the date of this Proposal. Dematic may
extend the Offer Period; however, the price, schedule, and other portions of
this Proposal may be subject to change. Extensions of the Offer Period shall be
valid only if in writing and signed by an authorized Dematic representative.
This Proposal shall become binding only upon full execution of the Sales
Agreement by duly authorized agents of the parties.

 1
 

1.1      Proposal Content

This Proposal is provided to
furnish all of the necessary Hardware and Engineering Services for The Children’s
Place material handling system. This Proposal must be purchased with Dematic
Proposal Number 104846, which provides all of the necessary Third-party
commodities, Mechanical Installation, and Electrical Installation.

This Proposal is summarized
as follows:

·                            Mechanical Design - The refinement of
layout drawings submitted with this Proposal, preparation of installation
drawings, design of nonstandard equipment components and the integration of the
standard and nonstandard equipment into an operational system.

·                            Air Piping Design - Mechanical drawings
will include air-piping diagrams as applicable.

·                            Control Design - The development of control
scheme, selection of control components, preparation of schematic wiring
diagrams and preparation of detailed descriptions of operations.

·                            Computer Design - Development of the computer
level of system management scheme, selection of computer components and
development of functional specifications.

·                            Manufacture of Mechanical Equipment -
Supplied as specified in the Mechanical Equipment List.

·                            Manufacture of Controls Equipment - Supplied
as specified in Electrical Equipment List.

·                            Air Piping - Supply field devices such as
filters, regulators and piping. Piping to be copper tubing connected to
existing air supply system.

 2
 

2         Scope
of Work

The following scope of work
is intended to be comprehensive, based on Dematic’s knowledge and understanding
of the project. The Engineering and Design effort is expected to be a
confirmation of the scope listed below. In general, The Children’s Place is
responsible for any scope not specifically identified as Dematic’s
responsibility.

2.1      Design and Engineering

	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Project
  Management

  	
   

  	
  Coordinate all disciplines and schedule all phases
  of the project. See the “Project Management” Section for specific details.

  
	
  Engineering

  	
   

  	
  Layout, design, and
  proper application of equipment to furnish the Material Handling System
  described in this Proposal.

  

 

2.2      Material Handling System

	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Mechanical
  Hardware

  	
   

  	
  Consists of the following equipment:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (10) Receiving Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (1) Receiving Slapper Line

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Receiving Merge and SKU Sorter

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·   (32) SKU Divert Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·   (4) SKU Sorter Divert Lines To LPA Merge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  LPA Merge To Shipping Sorter

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·   (8) LPA Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·   (4) Taper/LPA Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Tote Build Area With (24) Work Stations

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Tote Build Take-away Lines To Tote Build
  Merge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Tote Build Merge and Tote Sorter

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (40) Tote Sorter Divert Lines

  

 

 3
 

 

	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Mechanical
  Hardware

  	
   

  	
  ·  (20) PTL Take-away Lines To Shipping Merge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Shipping Merge and Sorter

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (42) Ship Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (2) New Store Loops

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (4) Slapper Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  See the “Mechanical Equipment Details” Section for
  specific details.

  
	
  Control Hardware

  	
   

  	
  Consists of the following equipment:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  PLC based conveyor control components
  necessary to operate the conveyor system.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  RapidSORT Controllers for carton routing on
  sorters.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  GSMi
  Visualization System application software.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  See the “Controls Equipment Details” Section for
  specific details

  
	
  Integrated
  Computer 

  	
   

  	
  Interface to The Children’s Place’s WMS

  
	
  System

  	
   

  	
  ·  SortDirector and PickDirector applications
  Software.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  See the “Computer Information Systems” Section for
  specific details.

  

 

2.3                  Integration

	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Complete
  check-out and integration of all Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  See the “Project
  Management” Section for full details and description.

  

 

2.4                  Training

	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Operator and
  Maintenance Training for all equipment.

  	
   

  	
  Each training session
  will include classroom and hands-on instruction, and will be conducted during
  the first shift.

  See the “Project
  Management” Section for full details and description.

  
	
  Operator and
  System Administrator Training for all Computer Hardware and Software

  	
   

  	
  Each training session will include classroom and hands-on
  instruction, and will be conducted during the first shift.

  See the “Project Management” Section for full
  details and description.

  

 

 4
 

2.5      Documentation

	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  System Functional Design
  Document

  

  (1) CD-ROM electronic copy and (1) hard copy

  	
   

  	
  Includes a
  complete description and narrative of the system controls and a 

  step-by-step walk-through of all system functionality.

  
	
  System Operator
  Manuals

  

  (1) CD-ROM electronic copy and (1) hard copy

  	
   

  	
  Detailed
  description of equipment and system operation, including handling of anomaly
  conditions and error recovery procedures. Standard Dematic documentation for
  hardware and software will be provided.

  
	
  Equipment Maintenance
  Manuals

  

  (1) CD-ROM electronic copy and (1) hard copy

  	
   

  	
  Includes a
  complete description of equipment operation, troubleshooting, diagnostics,
  preventive maintenance, and repair procedures. Also included are equipment
  drawings and electrical schematics as required for maintenance purposes, as
  well as spare parts listings.

  
	
  Software Functional
  Specification

  

  (1) CD-ROM electronic copy and (1) hard copy

  	
   

  	
  An approval
  document for defined software scope to be delivered.

  

  Includes a description of all features, functions, platform, operating
  systems, and computer hardware to be provided.

  

 

 5
 

3         System
Overview

3.1                  System Material
Flows

A logical sketch of the
proposed system is provided below. The primary purpose of the sketch is to show
how product flows throughout the system and identify the major functional areas
of the system.

Figure 1 System Flow Diagram

3.2                  Receiving

There are 10 receiving doors
(2 future doors) and a slapper line. Each pair of receiving doors is serviced
by a traversing powered trailer unloader that transports cartons to incline
belt conveyor. From the ground level, belt conveyors

 6
 

transport received cartons up
to the mezzanine level. When a trailer has been completely unloaded the
unloading associate moves the traversing trailer unloader to the other door.
The slapper line transports cartons to the Receiving merge from the floor level
near the SKU sorter.

Before received cartons and
cartons from the slapper line reach the mezzanine level they are transported to
a scanner/scale (one for each pair of receiving doors and one for the slapper
line). The barcode information and the weight of the received carton are
received by SortDirector. SortDirector notifies PkMS the carton has been
scanned and supplies the weight of the carton. PkMS in turn sends SortDirector
a Divert Directive message that provides the destination of the carton. The
possible destinations are:

·                            A
palletizing lane on the SKU sorter

·                            A palletizing lane on the Shipping
sorter

·                            A
store lane on the shipping sorter

·                            A new store lane on the shipping sorter

The carton continues down the
receiving lane to the Receiving merge.

The scanners at receiving are
programmed so that if the 4-digit quantity barcode is not correctly scanned the
whole label is treated as a no-read.

3.3                  Receiving Merge

The receiving merge combines
cartons into a single line before induction into the SKU sorter. This merge
consists of six (6) induction lines that exit the six (6) scanner/scales and a
recirculation line. The scanner/scales receive cartons from the receiving doors
and the slapper line. An additional receiving line may be added in the future.

3.4                  SKU Sorter

Cartons are released from the
Receiving merge onto the SKU sorter. When the carton arrives at the SKU sorter
it is scanned by the SKU sorter scanner. The cartons arriving at the SKU sorter
have labels with case number barcode and quantity barcode or a shipping label.
SortDirector in collaboration with the sorter diverts the carton based on the
Divert Directive from PkMS. Upon receiving a divert confirmation form the sorter,
SortDirector sends a Divert Confirm message to PkMS.

The cartons are sorted to one
of the 31 palletizing lanes or to one of the four cross-dock lanes. The cartons
diverted to the cross-dock lanes proceed to the label print and apply (LPA)
area. The cartons diverted to the palletizing lanes proceed down to palletizing
stations at the end of the lane. The operator at the

 7
 

end of the lane will build one to three SKU pallets.
Building pallets and storing them when they are complete is manual and is
controlled by PkMS.

Cartons whose label could not
be successfully read are diverted to the no-read divert. Cartons that are
unknown to SortDirector are routed to the jackpot divert.

3.5                  Tote Make-up

There are 24 operator
stations in the Tote make-up area. These operator stations are used to fill
totes for use in the Put-To-Light area. The 24 stations are arranged in two
banks of 12 stations each. Operators remove stacks of empty totes from the
empty tote conveyor that is about 5-foot above floor level. Empty totes are
scanned and filled with merchandise from corrugate cartons under the direction
of PkMS using PkMS controlled equipment. The filled totes are placed on a
conveyor that is eighteen-inches in elevation and transported to the tote
sorter. There are three conveyors to take away filled totes from each bank of
operator stations. When a tote has been filled, PkMS creates and downloads
order-putting instructions to the PickDirector System and routing instructions
to SortDirector.

There is an empty corrugate
(trash) conveyor above the empty tote conveyor. When a carton is emptied of
merchandise the operator places the empty corrugate carton onto the empty
corrugate conveyor which is at an 87-inch elevation. The empty corrugate
conveyor transports corrugate to a compactor. The empty corrugate conveyor will
be started each morning and turned off from a pushbutton start/stop switch on
the cabinet within line-of-sight of the empty corrugate conveyor system. The
conveyor will operate continuously at a fixed speed.

Pallets of product are
brought to the tote make-up area under the direction of PkMS. The pallets are
deposited on pallet flow rails. The pallets flow toward the operator stations.
A metal ramp is provided which allows using a pallet jack to deliver the
pallets.

When the empty corrugate
conveyor is stopped no additional empty corrugate is to be placed on the
conveyor. If the empty corrugate conveyor is loaded when it is stopped motor
overloads will occur.

The empty corrugate conveyor
is interlocked with the bailer. Specifically the bailer must be on for the
empty corrugate conveyor to run. If the bailer is stopped the empty corrugate
conveyor stops.

3.6                  Carton Make-up

An automatic carton erector
builds and labels shipping cartons. Immediately after the carton erector, a
pair of scanners verify the labels on each side of the carton match. A red
beacon is illuminated if both labels on the carton do not match (or

 8
 

one is a no-read). Operators place the cartons onto
one of the two empty carton monorail systems that lead to the Put-to-Light
Carton Build Area.

3.7                  Tote Sorter

Totes from the six (6)
conveyors exiting the Tote Make-up Area merge into three (3) conveyors that
feed the Tote Sorter Merge. The recirculation lane from the Tote Sorter Merges
with one of the three (3) lanes that feed the Tote Sorter Merge.

The Tote Sorter Merge
releases totes onto the tote sorter. When the tote arrives at the tote sorter
it is scanned by Tote Sorter Scanner. Totes arriving at the tote sorter have
labels contain an 18-character license plate label that will always start with
a “T” (Capital T). SortDirector in collaboration with the sorter diverts the
tote to the correct pack line based on the Divert Directive from PkMS. Upon
receiving a divert confirmation form the sorter, SortDirector sends a Divert
Confirm message to PkMS.

3.8                  Put-to-Light
Carton Build Area

Before operators can work in
the put area inbound totes must be built in the make-up tote area. Once a tote’s
build process is complete, PkMS sends a message to PickDirector with the
inbound tote’s contents and store requirements. The totes are then routed to
the pack lines where they are grabbed by the operator and pulled onto the side
conveyor spur for processing.

3.8.1        Put Operations

To initiate the put process
the operator must first log into their assigned zone by the using the zone’s
wireless hand held scanner and personal identification barcode. Next the
operator pulls a make-up tote from the infeed line and scans the make-up tote’s
barcode label. The associated BayDisplay device in the zone informs the put
operator of the tote’s barcode and the number of locations requiring puts the
zone. Additionally, the MaxiPick devices will identify the locations and
quantities required. The put operator proceeds to each identified location and
puts the displayed quantity from the make-up tote to the shipping carton and
confirms their action by pressing the “OK” button on the MaxiPick. As the puts
are acknowledged PickDirector sends messages to PkMS for each line item put to
a shipping carton. The message contains the inbound tote ID, the shipping
carton ID, the logical location, quantity requested, quantity put, and the
operator.

Where there is insufficient
stock at a location to fill the order, the put operator must notify a
supervisor to short the location. The supervisor decrements the displayed
quantity on the MaxiPick until the display reads the actual quantity put and
then must scan a special SHORT barcode to actually short the put. All other lit
locations requiring product from the inbound tote will be shorted. If an
operator

 9
 

decrements the quantity and presses the “OK” button on
the MaxiPick, PickDirector will suspend the make-up tote and the location will
not be shorted. Re-scanning the same make-up tote will relight the remaining quantity.

3.8.2        Carton Closing

When a shipping carton has
been closed, PickDirector sends PkMS a carton closed message with the store
number, shipping carton ID, and status. The put operator pushes the shipping
carton out of the put slot onto the outbound conveyor for transport to the Put
Label Print and Apply area. The filled shipping carton is transported to the
routing sorter. PkMS sends the Print and Apply system the shipping label
information and sends SortDirector the destination for the carton. Lastly the
put operator assigns an empty shipping carton (obtained from the overhead
monorail) to the now empty slot.

When all zones in the put
line have been visited the make-up tote should be empty. The empty make-up tote
is nested with other make-up totes (up to 4 high) and are placed on the
outbound conveyor and transported to the Tapers.

3.9                  Tapers and
Dunnage

There are tapers and dunnage
fill machines on the four conveyor lines that exit the Put-to-Light Carton
Build area. Conveyors transport cartons to the dunnage fill and tapers.
Operators assist in the operation of the tapers and dunnage fill machines.
After the shipping carton is closed and sealed it is transported to the Label
Print and Apply area. Stacks of empty totes placed on the conveyors in the put
lines are diverted off and routed to the tote make up area prior to the dunnage
fill area.

3.10    Label
Print and Apply Area

There are two areas of label
print and apply. The label print and apply area downstream of the put area has
four (4) print and apply line. The label print and apply area receiving product
from the SKU sorter, the slapper lines and the cross dock lines have eight (8)
print and apply lines.

Cartons arriving at the Print
and Apply area from the put area have a case number label pre-applied at Carton
Make-up. This case label number is scanned by the Print and Apply Scanner. The
Print and Apply System uses its database to determine the shipping label to
apply, then prints and applies the label. Immediately down stream of the
printer label applicator a verification scanner (a component of the Print and
Apply System) reads the label. If the scanned label matches the label that was
to be printed the carton continues on to the scanner/scales.

NOTE if the carton is not known to the Print and
Apply System a special label will be generated that routes the carton to the
jackpot line on the shipping sorter.

 10
 

For the four lines exiting the Put-to-Light Carton
Build area, if the label scanned does not match the label that was to be
printed, the carton is diverted to the error spur for that print and apply
line. An operator removes the carton and determines the nature of the error. If
there is a printer problem it is corrected and the carton is placed on a
conveyor upstream of the print and apply scanner. If the problem is not caused
by a printer problem, the operator must use the PkMS system to determine the
nature of the problem and the corrective action to take.

The cross dock lines from the
SKU sorter, the slapper lines and the cross dock lines transporting cartons to
the Shipping shorter have an LPA area. However these lines to not have separate
error correction lines; cartons with incorrect/missing labels will be diverted
to the No Read/Jackpot line at the Shipping sorter.

Scales are located after the
Print and Apply System and before the shipping merge. The barcode information
and the weight of the shipping carton are received by SortDirector.
SortDirector notifies PkMS the carton has been scanned and supplies the weight
of the carton. PkMS in turn sends SortDirector a Divert Directive message that
provides the destination of the carton. The possible destinations are:

·                            The
shipping no read/jackpot lane

·                            A
store lane on the shipping sorter

·                            A
new store lane on the shipping sorter

·                            A
palletizing lane on the shipping sorter

The carton continues down the
receiving lane to the shipping sorter merge.

3.11           Shipping Sorter

Totes and cartons from the
four (4) conveyors exiting Put-to-Light Carton Build area merge into two (2)
lines, the four (4) cross dock lines, and the four (4) slapper lines feed the
shipping sorter merge. The recirculation line of the shipping sorter merges
with the line exiting the merge.

When a carton arrives at the
shipping sorter it is scanned by the Shipping Sorter Scanner. The cartons
arriving at the shipping sorter have either a shipping label or a UPS tracking
number barcode label. SortDirector in collaboration with the sorter diverts the
carton to the correct lane based on the Divert Directive from PkMS. Upon
receiving a divert confirmation form the sorter, SortDirector sends a Divert
Confirm message to PkMS.

The cartons are sorted to one
of the 42 shipping lanes, two (2) palletizing lanes, two (2) new store lanes or
the no-read /jackpot lane. The cartons diverted to the new store lanes proceed
to the new store loop. The operator at the new store loop will build pallets
containing cartons for only a single store. When the pallet is

 11
 

‘complete’ it is stored in
the conventional warehouse under the direction of PkMS.

3.12           Startup-Procedure
(Typical)

When the main disconnect
switch is turned to the “On” position, the conveyors are energized from “Start”
pushbutton(s) mounted on the main control panel(s). When a “Start pushbutton is
pressed a start-up warning horn sounds for 10 seconds prior to any equipment
movement. This is to warn Personnel to stand clear of the equipment. When the
horn stops sounding, the equipment will be energized.

3.13           Emergency Stop
Procedure (Typical)

Manually actuated emergency
stops have been provided at various points along the conveyor system to
de-energize the conveyors if an emergency occurs. The emergency stop pushbutton
is “Push to Stop” and “Pull to Reset”. The emergency stop pull cords are “Pull
to Stop” and must be reset manually at the actuated switch. When actuated, the
emergency stops are maintained contact-manual reset and will remain in the
actuated position until reset. When the problem has been cleared, the actuated
stop must be reset and the conveyor equipment must be restarted at the control
panel(s) as previously described.

3.14           Accumulation Flow
Control (Typical)

In each area where an
accumulation conveyor may be loaded with product by another conveyor, a
photoelectric controller with time delay relay is included to stop the
preceding conveyor(s) or activate an air operated stop when the accumulation
conveyor is fully loaded and the controller is blocked for a preset time. When
the accumulation conveyor is allowed to begin discharging its load, the
controller will be cleared indicating that space is again available on the
accumulation conveyor. When this occurs, the stopped conveyor(s) will be
restarted automatically or the air-operated stop will be lowered.

 12
 

4         Project Management

Dematic is committed to the
value of effective Project Management in cooperation with The Children’s Place.
Each party shares an equal responsibility in quality management of the
implementation process. The primary benefit and purpose of effective Project
Management is to contain risk for both The Children’s Place and Dematic. Risk
will be mutually contained by delivering a system that:

·                            Meets
Specified System Performance

·                            Imposes
Minimal Interruption to Existing Operations

·                            Provides
Reliability and Support

Effective and timely project
implementation is heavily influenced by quality Project Management. The
fundamental requirements of successful project management are:

·                            Cooperation

·                            Communication

·                            Teamwork

Dematic believes in providing
the best products available, unparalleled service, and undivided attention to
each Customer’s needs. All Dematic products are manufactured under strict
quality procedures. Dematic is registered to the ISO 9001:2000 International
Standard for Quality Management Systems. Engineering and Project Management
methodologies are also controlled under Dematic’s Quality Management System,
ensuring all projects are well managed and stay on schedule.

4.1      Project Team Organization

Upon award of contract, a
Project Team will be assigned to the project. The team will have the
responsibility for the management and implementation of the entire project from
receipt of order through Customer acceptance testing and launch support. The
team will be directed by a Project Manager. The Project Manager will have full
responsibility for the entire project and will be the Dematic representative
for all matters relating to the implementation of the System.

 13
 

4.2      Project Scheduling

In order to effectively
co-ordinate the activities of the project implementation, the Project Manager
will prepare a detailed Project Schedule. The Project Schedule will be based
upon the overall delivery requirements of the schedule outlined in the Proposal
document.

During implementation the
Project Manager will update the Project Schedule regularly to identify critical
activities and ensure proper implementation scheduling. Updates to the Project
Schedule are reviewed with The Children’s Place’s Project Manager.

4.2.1   Acceptance Testing

The Dematic Project Manager
along with The Children’s Place’s Project Manager will create a System Acceptance Test Plan. The
Test Plan defines a systematic approach for each level of required sub-system
testing, and the expectations of the specific tests. The Test Plan additionally
defines the time periods, personnel, equipment, and test loads that are required
for each test.

4.2.1.1     Operational Acceptance

·                            Conducted
under actual or simulated working conditions with The Children’s Place
packaging, and labels, and The Children’s Place Supervision, Operational, and
Maintenance Personnel operating the system.

·                            Duration
not to exceed five (5) days.

·                            It
should be recognized that during the Operational Acceptance phase, it is likely
that adjustments will be required and malfunctions or failures may occur. Any
defect in material or workmanship, found during the Operational Acceptance
Testing, will be remedied by Dematic as expeditiously as possible.

·                            It
should be recognized that during this Operational Acceptance period, it may not
be possible for the mechanized system to function at normal operating levels.
This can be due to conditions, beyond Dematic’s control and related to the
unavailability of product, skills of Maintenance and Operations Personnel, or
the status of supporting logistics. Such conditions will be taken into account
in evaluating the results of the testing period.

·                            Dematic
will be on-site during this Operational Acceptance Testing period for the
purpose of monitoring results and to provide assistance as conditions dictate.

 14

4.2.2                     Final
Acceptance

After completion of the
Acceptance Procedures, Dematic’s Project Manager will furnish The Children’s
Place a letter which will address the following:

·                            The
subject system has been accepted. Acceptance may include an agreed to punch-list
or set of conditions. Issues not resolved during the acceptance proceedings can
be noted in an Action Item List and rectified within an agreed period.

·                            Confirmation
of the commencement of the warranty period.

·                            Final
payment required and due date.

4.3                               Training

This section outlines
training provided by Dematic for The Children’s Place’s facility. Training will
be provided to cover the Automated Material Handling System functional areas,
including Operations, Maintenance, and Information Technology.

4.3.1                     Business-Linked
Learning

Dematic uses a
business-linked learning approach in its training design, development,
delivery, and evaluation efforts.

4.3.1.1           Dematic’s Approach

Dematic’s business-linked
learning approach is shaped by our experience in helping Customers to use
learning as a powerful tool to achieve critical business results. Dematic’s
learning systems are based on the following principles:

·                            Learning
must be tightly linked to desired business outcomes.

·                            Business
linkage is explicitly understood by learners and made evident by the
facilitators of learning.

·                            The
content of learning should be “just-in-time” so that learners can apply their
new knowledge and skill soon after learning.

·                            The
content of learning should be “just-enough” providing the correct and right
amount of learning content to each audience.

·                            There
must be systems and processes in place to provide timely and constructive
feedback to those using new skills on the job.

 15
 

4.3.1.2           Dematic’s Process

To consistently and reliably produce desired business
results, Dematic follows an established process for creating learning that is
specific to The Children’s Place’s installation and application of Dematic
systems (see the following Figure). The following is the outcome for each phase
of the business-linked development process.

Analyze – Clearly defined business goals and environmental context

Design – Blended learning solution that is aligned
with business goals

Develop – Learning content, activities, and exercises aimed at critical skills and
knowledge

Implement – Practice and feedback on performance that mirrors real world performance
requirements

Evaluate – Assessment of learner performance and
training effectiveness at meeting key business results

Figure 2   Business-Linked Learning Development
Process

	
  Analyzer

  	
   

  	
  Design

  	
   

  	
  Develop

  	
   

  	
  Implement

  	
   

  	
  Evaluate

  
	
  ·  Identify Customer business goals

  	
   

  	
  ·       Customize learning solution

  	
   

  	
  ·       Review learning solutions with Dematic subject
  matter experts

  	
   

  	
  ·       Pilot design and learning solution

  	
   

  	
  ·       Assess learner performance

  
	
  ·  Assess Customer work environment and
  workforce attributes

  	
   

  	
  ·        Manuals

  	
   

  	
  ·       Validate learning solution with customer

  	
   

  	
  ·       Finalize design and learning solution

  	
   

  	
  ·       Assess learning solution effectiveness

  
	
  ·  Assess Customer learning systems

  	
   

  	
  ·        Classes

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·       Deliver learning solution

  	
   

  	
  ·       Assess business impact of learning

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·        Placards

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·        Job Aids

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·        Simulations

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·        Videos

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

Using this approach, Managers, Supervisors and
Operators should feel highly empowered and confident, learning should be viewed
as a valuable tool for success, and individual and team learning should be
maximized.

4.3.2                     Training
Program

4.3.2.1           Operations Training

Dematic’s business-linked learning systems provide critical
learning opportunities and experiences for The Children’s Place’s employees.
Dematic’s operations learning solutions are directed at three levels within The
Children’s Place’s organization — Management, Supervisors and Leads, and
Operators. Dematic provides a blended learning solution that covers product
flow, design considerations and decisions, system layout and operations, and
control devices.

 16
 

System Operations training is
provided to give participants an understanding of their assigned area from an
operational perspective. Dematic targets critical operations in the assigned
functional area while explaining flow control, equipment operation, and control
devices. Additionally, discussions focus on upstream and downstream customers,
and how individual and area performance can impact those customers.

At the end of this training,
Operators should understand the operations of their functional area, the area
devices, their upstream and downstream customers, and should be able to
start/stop their portion of the system.

Target Audience

Dematic will train ten (10)
DC Personnel.

Audiences generally include
DC Managers, Operations Supervisors, Operators, and Maintenance Personnel.

Courses

Dematic will provide the
following operations courses.

1.                         Six (6)
sessions, approximately 3 hours per session, conducted over two consecutive
days — Operations Management Training.

4.3.2.2           Maintenance Training

The maintenance curriculum is
designed to cover the mechanical, electrical, and controls aspects of the
installed equipment. Topics include safety, equipment construction and
installation, equipment operation, maintenance and repair procedures, and
technical documentation.

Dematic recommends that all
Personnel responsible for maintaining the system be assigned to work with the
installation and commissioning crews during their final weeks on-site.

Dematic will conduct formal
training courses for the Maintenance Personnel prior to system startup. These
training classes will include classroom lectures, audio-­visual presentations,
and hands-on demonstrations on the installed equipment. Site tours will be
conducted to point out common operational issues that affect equipment uptime.

Knowledge gained on common
system anomalies can be used to increase system efficiencies.

Target Audience

Dematic will train ten (10)
DC Maintenance Personnel.

 17
 

These Personnel must have
existing knowledge in mechanical and electrical fundamentals, as well as a
solid understanding of maintenance practices and procedures. It is strongly
recommended that participants be in attendance for the entire session of each
course.

Courses

Dematic will provide the
following maintenance courses:

1.                         One (1)
session, approximately 3 days per session, conducted over three consecutive
days, first shift only – Conveyor Maintenance – Mechanical.

2.                         One (1) session, approximately 3 days per
session, conducted over three consecutive days, first shift only – Conveyor Maintenance – Electrical Controls.

4.3.2.3           Information Systems
Training

Information System training
is provided to cover the computer hardware and software aspects of The Children’s
Place’s Automated Material Handling System. Software Application Engineering
(SAE) topics include system administration, data storage, computer system
operation, and other computer related tasks.

Participants can use the
skills and knowledge gained in this curriculum to perform administration,
support, and troubleshooting procedures on computer system equipment and
applications. Knowledge gained in computer system areas can be used to increase
system uptime and fault recovery.

Target Audience

Dematic will train ten (10)
DC Personnel.

Audiences generally include
Network Administrators, Operations Supervisors, Key Operators, and Maintenance
Supervisors.

Courses

Dematic will provide the
following information systems courses:

1.                         Six (6) sessions, conducted over two (2)
consecutive days, first shift only, (2 hours per session) – SortDirector
Administrator.

 18
 

4.3.3                     The Children’s
Place Requirements

The
Children’s Place is to provide the following to support the training program:

4.3.3.1           Learner Availability

4.3.3.1.1      Management Responsibility

It
is important for DC management to ensure that Learners and their Supervisors
are informed of scheduled training dates and times. Dematic looks to DC
Management to support us in Dematic’s coordination efforts by communicating the
importance of training to their staff.

4.3.3.1.2      Learner Responsibility

It is important that Learners
are prepared and at the training location on time. Supervisors should
understand, in advance, that their Personnel will be unavailable for work
during training periods. This prevents the disruption of training and ensures
that all Learners have the opportunity to learn critical conveyor system
related job skills.

4.3.4                     Facilities
and Equipment

4.3.4.1           Training Room

For all training sessions,
Dematic requires The Children’s Place to provide a well-lit training room.
Sufficient space and seating arrangements should be made based on the number of
people attending.

·                            Operations
Training – seating for 10

·                            Maintenance
Training – seating for 10

·                            Information
Systems Training – seating for 10

4.3.4.2           Equipment

For all training sessions,
Dematic requires The Children’s Place to provide the following equipment:

·                            Television
and VCR

·                            White
board

·                            Dry-erase
markers and eraser

·                            Safety
equipment (if necessary) for site tours

 19
 

4.4                               Schedule

The Preliminary Project Schedule indicating milestone
dates is provided on the following page.

 20

	
  

  	
  Proposal
  for Conveyor System

  

 

5                            Material
Handling System

The equipment will perform as
described in this Proposal, when properly managed, operated, and maintained.
Please refer to the Dematic drawings referenced on the Title Page of this
Proposal while reviewing the rate and equipment listings.

5.1                  Materials to be
Handled

The system design is based on
the following material and rate specifications.

5.1.1        Physical Load
Characteristics

The equipment will convey
materials having the dimensions, weights, shapes, surfaces and other
characteristics, as set forth in this Section. The equipment will have the
mechanical capability to convey such materials at the rates specified in this
Section.

The items to be conveyed will
have the following physical properties:

5.1.1.1 Carton Parameters

	
  

  	
   

  	
  Length

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Width

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Height

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  (pounds)

  	
   

  
	
  Shipping Carton

  	
   

  	
  18.5

  	
  ”

  	
  16.25

  	
  ”

  	
  15.5

  	
  ”

  	
  40 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Vendor Carton

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum

  	
   

  	
  9

  	
  ”

  	
  7

  	
  ”

  	
  4.5

  	
  ”

  	
  2 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Standard

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
  ”

  	
  16

  	
  ”

  	
  15

  	
  ”

  	
  25 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
  ”

  	
  22

  	
  ”

  	
  16

  	
  ”

  	
  70 lbs.

  	
   

  

*         Package weight cannot exceed 33 pounds per lineal foot, and
cannot exceed 110 pounds per package.

	
  NOTE

  	
   

  	
  1.

  	
   

  	
  The shipping carton has 8” top flaps that will be
  tabbed down.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.

  	
   

  	
  Vendor carton information is from the Dayton, New
  Jersey facility conveyor drawings.

  

 21
 

5.1.1.2           Put Tote Parameters

	
  

  	
   

  	
  Length

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Width

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Height

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  (pounds)

  	
   

  
	
  Top

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
  ”

  	
  20

  	
  ”

  	
  12

  	
  ”

  	
  30 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Bottom

  	
   

  	
  21

  	
  ”

  	
  17.5

  	
  ”

  	
  12

  	
  ”

  	
  30 lbs.

  	
   

  

 

5.1.1.3                                 Pallet
Parameters

Pallets are not handled by
the mechanized material handling system.

	
  

  	
   

  	
  Length

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Width

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Height 

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Weight 

  (pounds)

  	
   

  
	
  Receiving Pallet

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  ”

  	
  48

  	
  ”

  	
  4” (empty)

  	
   

  	
  450 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Storage Pallet

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  ”

  	
  48

  	
  ”

  	
  4” (empty)

  	
   

  	
  450 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Shipping Pallet

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  ”

  	
  48

  	
  ”

  	
  4” (empty)

  	
   

  	
  450 lbs.

  	
   

  

 

NOTES

1.                         The
weights and sizes listed in the Table are for equipment design only and are not
to be used to determine what The Children’s Place’s Personnel can lift, carry,
or move.

2.                         The
materials being conveyed are to be presented with the maximum dimension in the
direction of travel and the minimum dimension perpendicular to the conveyor
surface.

3.                         The
materials to be conveyed must be in a condition to allow for proper conveyance.
The bottom surface, in contact with the conveyor, must be firm and flat, free
of distortion, and of sufficient strength to support its own weight.

4.                         Items
which may not convey reliably are those with the following characteristics:

·                             Uneven
bottoms, soft bottoms, or bottoms with banding or strapping

·                             Open
or improperly sealed containers

·                             Imperfections
of the conveyed product

·                             Side
or bottom which has concave or convex distortion

·                             Protrusions
on the sides or bottom

·                             Uneven
weight distribution or shifting center of gravity

 22
 

5.1.2   Product Flow Rate

It is the responsibility of
Dematic to provide equipment that is mechanically capable of conveying the
specified units per minute through the sortation system. The ability to obtain
these rates is predicated on The Children’s Place’s equipment and Personnel
being able to load and unload product to achieve these rates.

The following flow diagram
represents the contract equipment rates, using the average for the material
which will flow through the area.

NOTE

·                            The
equipment will perform as described when properly operated, maintained and
managed by The Children’s Place.

·                            Manual
assistance may be required to initiate and/or maintain the flow of product on
gravity conveyor. It is understood that due to the inherent characteristics of
gravity conveyor, free flow of product may not occur at all times.

 23
 

 24
 

6                            Mechanical
Equipment Details

This Section contains
technical descriptions of the Material Handling Equipment that will be provided
as part of the material handling system supplied to The Children’s Place on
both the 103522 and 104846 projects.

The following items are
described in this Section:

1.                         C-L
Conveyor Components

2.                         Detailed
Mechanical Equipment List

3.                         Detail
Sheets

4.                         Mechanical
Specifications

5.                         Platform
Specifications

6.1                  C-L Conveyor
Components

6.1.1        Conveyor Sides

The C-L100 Conveyor sides are
made up of two parts; a common extruded aluminum guide channel, and a common
extruded aluminum side channel. The guide channel is stacked over the side
channel and held together by metal spring clips. This creates an upper and
lower section. The conveyor side accepts plastic covers which cover and protect
the control components mounted in the side channel.

6.1.2        Conveyor Frame

Two common conveyor sides are
connected together with cross members. The Conveyors are available in three
different frame widths: 550 mm (22 inches), 750mm (30 inches), and 900mm (35
inches). This dimension is measured outside to outside. The actual conveyor
width is 80mm (3 inches) less than each frame.

6.1.3        Interrupter Plates

The Interrupter plates are
high density plastic plates that attach to the conveyor sides. Interrupter
plates are located at bed joints and at a maximum of every three meters.
Interrupter plates have several pre-set knockouts to allow the mounting and
wiring of control stations, beacons, and other field devices on to the side of
the conveyor.

 25
 

6.1.4   T-Bar Connectors

Steel T-Bar Connectors are
used to connect the conveyor frames together. There are two types of T-Bar
connectors—Long T-Bars bars and Short T-Bars. The Long T-Bar Connectors slide
into the upper section of the guide channels and the lower section of the side
channels. The short T-Bar Connectors are used in the upper section of the side
channels (middle), and on curves. Both types of connectors are locked into
place with stamped steel set screws. The connectors have serrated ridges milled
into the upper surface of the Ts to ensure that the T-Bar will bite into the
aluminum conveyor channel to hold the sections securely together. This
connection also provides electrical continuity between the conveyor sections.

6.2      Detailed
Mechanical Equipment List

The Mechanical Equipment List
for your system follows in its entirely.

 26

 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: RECIEVING LINES TO RECIEVING MERGE.

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  TU+
  100001

  	
   

  	
  100081

  	
   

  	
  3050

  	
   

  	
  Traversing
  Cantilevered

  Extendable Unloader

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2/1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  3'-6"/4'-0"

  	
   

  	
  N

  	
   

  	
  Traversing
  Cantilevered

  Extendable Unloader:

  25'-0" Retracted - 80'-0" Extended

  Including Track

  Piggy Back Belt Incline To 10'-0"

  Discharge

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BT+
  100002

  	
   

  	
  100082

  	
   

  	
  410

  	
   

  	
  Belt-on-Roller
  Incline

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  21'-9"

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  4'-0"/10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
  With Noseover - Power
  Tail Not Req’d.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+
  100003

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm
  Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90o Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+
  100004

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS
  End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+
  100005

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm
  Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45 o Curves &
  Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+
  100006

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt
  on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  38'-5"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+
  100007

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BA+
  100008

  	
   

  	
  100088

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm
  Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  AP+
  100009

  	
   

  	
  100089

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line
  Scale W/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  4'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  Gravity:
  3" Roller Ctrs Mounted On Scale

  Includes Receiving Scale & Controller

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+
  100010

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  130'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BA+
  100011

  	
   

  	
  100091

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm
  Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100012

  	
   

  	
  100092

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt
  on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  RT+
  100013

  	
   

  	
  100093

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI
  Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6n

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100023

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90° Curve

  	
   

  

 

 27
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100024

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
     

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100025

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100026

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45° Curve & Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100027

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  38'-5"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100028

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  50'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100031

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100043

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-11"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100044

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100045

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  21'-8"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45° Curve & Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100046

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  39'-8"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  9'-7"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100047

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100050

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  189'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100063

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  27'-6"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100064

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100065

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  28'-3"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45° Curve & Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100066

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  40'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100067

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  70'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100070

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  196'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100083

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  32'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90° Curve

  	
   

  

 

 28
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100084

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
     

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100085

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  33'-7"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45° Curve & Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100086

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  40'-8"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100087

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  69'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100090

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  217'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: RECIEVING SLAPPER
  LINE.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100101

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G1L -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  58'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/17'-4"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100103

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  17'-4"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  21'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  17'-4"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100105

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-9"90°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100107

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 100108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  4'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  Gravity: 3" Roller
  Ctrs Mounted On Scale Includes Receiving Scale & Controller

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100109

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  91'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100111

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100112

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 29
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: RECIEVING MERGE
  THRU SKU SORTER.

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100200

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  50'-0"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  With [6] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100201

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  50'-0"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  With [2] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  45°

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  P12 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100203

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  410

  	
   

  	
  Belt-on-Roller
  Horizontal

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  104'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  410

  	
   

  	
  Belt-on-Roller Incline

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  116'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
  With Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100205

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  P12 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100206

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  27.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, Dynamic
  Photo Eye Accumulation

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 100207

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct
  Belts 1+2

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 100208

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct
  Belts 3+4

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 100209

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  Fixed Speed Last Induct

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100210

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  P22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SS+ 100211

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2421

  	
   

  	
  RS200 Magnetic Divert
  Switch Sorter

  	
   

  	
  51

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  474'-0"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (38) Right Hand Diverts

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100212

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves
  & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-6"0°

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100213

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100214

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100215

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  180'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100216

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100217

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100218

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 30

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: SKU DIVERT LINES.

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  GW+ 100301

  	
   

  	
  100332

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
    

  	
   

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 100401

  	
   

  	
  100432

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Control Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  55'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"/6'-3"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller-3" c/c

  	
   

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100501

  	
   

  	
  100532

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  6'-3"/5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Roller Hinge & Slider Hinge

  	
   

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100601

  	
   

  	
  100632

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50rnm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-11"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 100701

  	
   

  	
  100732

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Control Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  40'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller-3" c/c Fixed End Stop

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: SKU SORTER NO READ
  LINE.

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100801

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves
  & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"70°

  	
   

  	
  635

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100802

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/14'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100803

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  46'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 100804

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  40'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W/1.9" Dia Rollers -3" c/c Fixed End Stop

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: CROSSDOCK LINE TO
  LPA MERGE

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 101101

  	
   

  	
  101401

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Sorter
  Take-away

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"0°

  	
   

  	
  635

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101103

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  25'-9"120°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ 30° & 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  42'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"/29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101105

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  169'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101107

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  

 

 31
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  27'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101109

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  67'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+  101110

  	
   

  	
  101410

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101111

  	
   

  	
  101411

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA System

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  AP+  101112

  	
   

  	
  101412

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/ Conveyor Deck

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101113

  	
   

  	
  101413

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  BA+  101114

  	
   

  	
  101416

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+  101117

  	
   

  	
  101417

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101118

  	
   

  	
  101418

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  RT+  101119

  	
   

  	
  101419

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  38'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101203

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-0"120°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° & 90° Curves

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  41'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"/29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101205

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101206

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  174'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101207

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101208

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  27'-l"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29-0"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101209

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  72'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  

 

 32
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101302

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  29'-11"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101303

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-7"120°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° & 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101304

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  49'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"/29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101305

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101306

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  169'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101307

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101308

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  27'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101309

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  75'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101402

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Bett on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  21'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101403

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-8"120°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° & 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101404

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  47'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0/29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101405

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101406

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  176'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101407

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101408

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  27'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101409

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: SLAPPER LINE NO. 1
  TO LPA MERGE

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200101

  	
   

  	
  200109

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200111

  	
   

  	
  200119 

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200130

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F21 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 33
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200132

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  15'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200134

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200136

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  70'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200138

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200140

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  257'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  16'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200142

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200144

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  101'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Ailgner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200148

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200150

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA System

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 200152

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200154

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200156

  	
   

  	
  200160

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200162

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200164

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200166

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SLAPPER LINE NO. 2
  TO LPA MERGE

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200201

  	
   

  	
  200209

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200211

  	
   

  	
  200219

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200230

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F21 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 34

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200232

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  15'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200234

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200236

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  70'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200238

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200240

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  264'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  16'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200242

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200244

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  105'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Ailgner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200248

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200250

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA System

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 200252

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200254

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200256 

  	
   

  	
  200260 

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-5"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200262

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200264

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200266

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SLAPPER LINE NO. 3
  TO LPA MERGE.

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200301

  	
   

  	
  200309

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200311

  	
   

  	
  200319

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200330

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F21 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 35
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200332

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  15'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200334

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] 90° Curves & [2] 45° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200336

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  70'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200340

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  128'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  16'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200342

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200344

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  96'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Ailgner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200348

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200350

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA System

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 200352

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200354

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'- 9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200356 

  	
   

  	
  200360

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200362

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200364

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200366

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SLAPPER LINE NO. 4
  TO LPA MERGE.

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200401

  	
   

  	
  200409

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200411

  	
   

  	
  200419

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200430

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F21 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200432

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  15'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  

 

 36
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200434

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] 90° Curves & [2] 45°
  Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200436

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  70'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200440

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  148'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  16'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200442

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200444

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  110'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Ailgner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200448

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200450

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA
  System

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 200452

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200454

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200456

  	
   

  	
  200460 

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200462

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200464

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200466

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD AREA.

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  300101

  	
   

  	
  300124

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  300131

  	
   

  	
  300154 

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow
  Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 300161

  	
   

  	
  300184

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G1L -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller- 3"
  c/c

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 300201

  	
   

  	
  300224 

  	
   

  	
  Table

  	
   

  	
  Work Table

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Tote Build Work Table:

  30" Wide x 6'-0" Long 

  Dematic Installation Set In Place

  	
   

  

 

 37
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD
  TAKE-AWAY LINE NO.1

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300300

  	
   

  	
  300302

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  Double Deck Supports w/ Empty Tote Line

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300304

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-6"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300306

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  54'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  1'-6"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300308

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300310

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  1'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300312

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120,00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 300314

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  131'-0"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 300316

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300318

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  53'-5"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300320

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  65'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300322

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300324

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300326

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300328

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300330

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  35'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300332

  	
   

  	
  300340

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 300342

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 38

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 2.

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300400

  	
   

  	
  300402

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  Double Deck Supports w/
  Empty Tote Line

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300404

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-6"90o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300406

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  48'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300408

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"90o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300410

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"30o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve &
  30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD
  TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 3.

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300500

  	
   

  	
  300512

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  Double Deck Supports w/
  Empty Tote Line

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300502

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300504

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-11"60o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 30° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300508

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"30o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300514

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300516

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  41'-2"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300518

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300520

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  65'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"/30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300522

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 39
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300524

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300526

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300528

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-1"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300530

  	
   

  	
  300532

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  33'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300534

  	
   

  	
  300540

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 300542

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD
  TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 4.

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300600

  	
   

  	
  300612

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  Double Deck Supports w/
  Empty Tote Line

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300602

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300604

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-11"60°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 30° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300608

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"30°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300614

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300616

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  50'-2"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300618

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300620

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  119'-11"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300622

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  65'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/32'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300624

  	
   

  	
  300630

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 40
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300632

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  34'-3"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300634

  	
   

  	
  300642

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300644

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  45°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  30'-6"

  	
   

  	
  P22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL MERGE
  THRU SORTER & RECIRCULATION.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-11"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  With [3] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400101

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  45o

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  P12 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 400102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  Eye Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  27.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, Dynamic
  Photo

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 400103

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct
  Belts 1+2

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 400104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct
  Belts 3+4

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 400105

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  Fixed Speed Last Induct

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90o

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  P22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SS+ 400107

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2421

  	
   

  	
  RS200 Magnetic Divert
  Switch

  Sorter

  	
   

  	
  51

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  512'-6"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (41) Left Hand Divert
  [6] Future Diverts

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 400108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves
  &

  Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-6"0o

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 400109

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  104'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90o

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90o Curve

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400111

  	
   

  	
  400113

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400114

  	
   

  	
  400115

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  33'-8"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400116

  	
   

  	
  400118

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400119

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-7"30o

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30o Curve & 30o
  Wedge

  	
   

  

 

 41
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL SORTER NO
  READ-JACKPOT LINE.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 400200

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Sorter
  Take-away

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"70o

  	
   

  	
  635

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 400201

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  49'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-7"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400203

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"/25'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power
  Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 400205

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, Fixed
  End Stop

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL SORTER
  DIVERT LINES.

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  GW+ 400211

  	
   

  	
  400230

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  GW+ 400231

  	
   

  	
  400250

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  40

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 400311

  	
   

  	
  400350

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Wheel Conveyor

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  40

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 400351

  	
   

  	
  400390

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Control Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller- 3"
  c/c

  	
   

  
	
  40

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 400401

  	
   

  	
  400440

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Control Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller- 3"
  c/c

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD
  PTL LINES.

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 401101

  	
   

  	
  401120

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  85'-0"

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  22'-7"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  w/Side Mounted Drive

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 401121

  	
   

  	
  401140

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  85'-0"

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  w/Side-Mounted Drive

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  SH+ 401141

  	
   

  	
  401160

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Tilt Shelving Two Levels
  per PTL Mod. 80'-0" Lg. Each Shelf

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  160'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Upper Level Shelves Both
  Sides

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  SH+ 401161

  	
   

  	
  401180

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Tilt Shelving Two Levels
  per PTL Mod. 80'-0" Lg. Each Shelf

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  160'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  22'-11"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Lower Level Shelves Both
  Sides

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401181

  	
   

  	
  401200

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  22'-7"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 60° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401201

  	
   

  	
  401220

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 60o Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  

 

 42

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  PTL TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 1

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401300

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  246'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  22'-7"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401302

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  11'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  22'-7"/23'10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401304

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  229'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401306

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-6"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401308

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-11"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401310 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  50'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401312

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  32'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+  401314

  	
   

  	
  401316

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401318

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA + 401326

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA + 401328

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401330

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 401332

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck 

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401334

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401336

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401338

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401340

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 60° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 2.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401400

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  246'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ DZC

  	
   

  

 

 43
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401404

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  239'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-l1"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401406

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-l1"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401408

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  74'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-l1"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401410

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-l1"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401412

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  25'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power
  Tail

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401414

  	
   

  	
  401416

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401418

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401420

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401422

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 401424

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401426

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC. 07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401428

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401430

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 - 

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401432

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-7"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401434

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401436

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401438

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1)90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401440

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 44
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401442

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401444

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401446

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"45°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 45° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401448

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 401449

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL
  TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 3.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401500

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  231'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401502

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401504

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  13'-11"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401506

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401508

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  32'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401510

  	
   

  	
  401512 

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401514

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+401522

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  78'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-7"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401524

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401526

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 401528

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401530

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401532

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 45
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401534

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401536

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01  

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-10"60°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 60° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL TAKE-AWAY LINE
  NO. 4.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401600

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  227'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401602

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401604

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  91'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401606

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401608

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  25'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power
  Tail

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401610

  	
   

  	
  401612 

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401614

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  78'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401616

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0°

  	
   

  	
  F11-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401618

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 401620

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401622

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401624

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401626

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401628

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-7"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401630

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401632

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 46

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401634

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401636

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401638

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401640

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401642

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"45°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 45° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  401644

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+  401646

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: EMPTY TOTE DELIVERY TO TOTE BUILD - LINE NO. 1.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  401320

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  401322

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  401324

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402200

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0/1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  75'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+   402206

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  213'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402208

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"30°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402210

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"45°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 45° Wedge & 45° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402212

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  62'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402214

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  

 

 47
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  402216

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  53'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402218

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402220

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  21

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  51'-8"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402222

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01 

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  23

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  56'-7"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  EMPTY TOTE DELIVERY TO TOTE BUILD - LINE 2.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  401516

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve  & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  401518

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  401520

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  86'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Alignment Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  226'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-1"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation Air Operated Pivot Arm Divert - Discharge End

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  297'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402112

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402114

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  65'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402116

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  402118

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power
  Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402120

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  

 

 48
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  402122

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  51'-8"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  402124

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  56'-7"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  LPA MERGE THRU SHIPPING SORTER & RECIRCULATION.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500100

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  45'-1"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
  With [6] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500102

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  45'-1"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
  With [5] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500104

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  P12
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500106

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  125'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500108

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  77'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"/14'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500110

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  P12
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500112

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  P12
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500114

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation Eye Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F21
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, Dynamic Photo

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+

  	
   

  	
  500116

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct Belts 1+2

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+

  	
   

  	
  500118

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct Belts 3+4

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI-

  	
   

  	
  500120

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  Fixed Speed Last Induct

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SS+

  	
   

  	
  500122

  	
   

  	
  2421

  	
   

  	
  RS200 Magnetic Divert Switch Sorter

  	
   

  	
  51

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  310'-0"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (21) Left Hand Diverts

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500124

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  72'-6"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500126

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  72'-6"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SS+

  	
   

  	
  500128

  	
   

  	
  2421

  	
   

  	
  RS200 Magnetic Divert Switch Sorter

  	
   

  	
  51

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  383'-0"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (26) Left Hand Diverts

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+

  	
   

  	
  500130

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-0"90°

  	
   

  	
  450

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
  End Drive HQ Bearings

  	
   

  

 

 49
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+

  	
   

  	
  500132

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  4'-0"180°

  	
   

  	
  360

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G22-

  	
   

  	
  Center Drive HQ Bearings

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500134

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  VFD

  	
   

  	
  240'-0"

  	
   

  	
  350.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500136

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  70'-7"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500138

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-6"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 45° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500140

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  49'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500142

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 45° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500144

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  79'-3"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500146

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 45° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500148

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  84'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500150

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  139'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500152

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  41'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500154

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500156

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  500158

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  500160

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  500162

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  500164

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500166

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  36'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+

  	
   

  	
  500168

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ End Drive, (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  

 

 50

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  NEW STORE LOOP NO. 1.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 500200

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-11"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  69'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  34'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500206

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  57'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500208

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 500210

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500212

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-5"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500214

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500216

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500218

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500220

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: NEW STORE LOOP NO. 3.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 500300

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-11"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500302

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  69'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500304

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  19'-9"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500306

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  57'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500308

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  

 

 51
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 500310

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500312

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-5"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500314

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500316

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500318

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500320

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SHIP LINES.

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 501101

  	
   

  	
  501142

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-6"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 501201 

  	
   

  	
  501242

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  75'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 501301

  	
   

  	
  501342

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 501401

  	
   

  	
  501442

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  54'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 501501 

  	
   

  	
  501542

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed Decline

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  40'-7"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Herringbone Pivot Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  BE+ 501601 

  	
   

  	
  501642

  	
   

  	
  3050

  	
   

  	
  Cantelivered Extendable

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2/1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  3'-6"

  	
   

  	
  N

  	
   

  	
  Model 3050 Cantelivered Extendable:

   25'-0" Retracted
  80'-0' Extended

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  SHIPPING SORTER DIVERT TO PTL PALLET BUILD.

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 502100 

  	
   

  	
  502112

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-11"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  83'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CC+ 502104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL100L

  	
   

  	
  Loose Parts

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 502106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  

 

 52
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 502110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia Roller & 3" c/c

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502114

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  79'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502116

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 502118

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502120

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Cuve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 502122

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia Roller & 3" c/c

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SHIPPING NO READ LINE TO LPA.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 503100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-11" 70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 503102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  75'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 503104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  29'-7"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 503106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  42'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 503108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-10"270°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (3) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 503110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  CARTON ERECTOR DISCHARGE CONVEYOR.

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 504105

  	
   

  	
  504115

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-3"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] LPA - One Each Side

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 504110

  	
   

  	
  504120

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia Roller & 3" c/c

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: EMPTY CARTON LINE TO BALER.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  116'-9"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  7'-1"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  97'-2"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  4'-1"/14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   T22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  127'-9"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  8'-0"/10'-4"

  	
   

  	
  T22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  116'-9"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  7'-1"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 53
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  150'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  10'-4"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  150'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  10'-4"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800112

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-6"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  8'-0"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
  Reversing Drive

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area; Miscellaneous Equipment.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900001

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Support Grid

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [6] Area's 12'-0"x 40'-0"

  480 SF Each - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900002

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  PTL - Platform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  PTL Platform 21'-6 TOD

  Approx. 119,000 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900003

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Platform "A"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Platform "A" 11' -6 TOD

  Approx. 4,725 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900004

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Platform "B"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Platform "B" 11' -6 TOD

  Approx. 6,075 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900005

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Merge Platform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Merge Platform 18'-0 TOD

  Approx. 14,706 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900006

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  SKU Sorter Platform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  SKU Sorter Platform 11' -6" TOD

  Approx. 9,400 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900010

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Corregate Baler

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [2] Corregate Balers:

  International NA-1296 Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900012

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Monorail System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Overhead Monorail System:

  Complete Installed & Controlled

  	
   

  

 

 54
 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  900014

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Carton Erector

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [2] Carton Erectors: 

  Fully Automatic Carton Erector

  Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AC+
  900016

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Air Compressor

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Dual Package System Compressor System.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  900017

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Framed Graphic

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  900018

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Dunnage Machine's

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [4] CPI CushionFill Macines:

  No cost for the machine.

  Customer Purchases Consumables

  [1] Pallet of Cushin Fill Film Included

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  900020

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  LPA Stations

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [12] LPA Stations @ Label Print & Apply

  [2] LPA Stations @ Carton Erectors

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CR+
  900800

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  XOVR

  	
   

  	
  Crossover

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [3] Multi-Stair Type Crossovers

  [12] Single Single Crossovers

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CW+
  900901

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CATW

  	
   

  	
  Catwalk - No Handrail

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1000'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CW+
  900902

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CATW

  	
   

  	
  Catwalk - One Handrail

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  805'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 55

6.3      Detail Sheets

The Detail Sheets for the
equipment in your system follow.

 56
 

 

Dematic
C-L 100-ST Belt on Roller

 

 

In a Dematic C-L 100-ST
Belt on Roller (BOR) section, the belt spans the whole length of the section,
is driven by a 110 mm powered roller, and suspended on 50 mm idler rollers. End
pulley rollers are used to keep the belt tensioned and properly aligned

 

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal, Incline (0° - 20°), or Decline (0° -
  20°)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating mode

  	
   

  	
  Transportation

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating speed

  	
   

  	
  3.0 m/s

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical bed length

  	
   

  	
  .75 m to 6 m in .25 m increments

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical zone configuration

  	
   

  	
  Operates as one zone

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical controls location

  	
   

  	
  Left or right side channel

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered roller

  	
   

  	
  110 mm powered roller

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per section located at the discharge end of the
  section

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm with stub axle bearing cartridge

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Quantity varies by bed length

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  End pulley roller

  	
   

  	
  55 mm with through axle with high load bearings

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Three located at each end of the section

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt

  	
   

  	
  Single ply belt including scrim

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Top side of the belt: longitudinal ribs for
  incline/decline applications

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Top side of the belt: needle fabric/fleece for
  horizontal applications

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Bottom side of the belt: needle fabric/fleece for
  all applications

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Splicing: finger splice for production, spiral
  lacing for replacement belts

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum package requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
  150 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
  5 mm

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
  0.1 kg

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
  1350 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
  800 mm

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
  50 kg

  	
   

  

 

Rev
2004-September-20

 57
 

Dematic C-L100-CS Segmented Belt on Roller

 

 

In a Dematic
C-L100-CS Segmented Belt on Roller (SBOR) section, each zone has one belt. The
belt is driven by a 50 mm tapered powered roller and suspended on 50 mm tapered
idler rollers.

 

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating mode

  	
   

  	
  Transportation, Zero Pressure Accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating speed

  	
   

  	
  0.35 m/s - 2.4 m/s

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical curve direction

  	
   

  	
  Left or Right

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical curve angle

  	
   

  	
  30°, 45°, 60°, or 90° (inside radius = 750 mm)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical zone configuration

  	
   

  	
  30° curve angle = 2 zones, 45°
  curve angle = 3 zone,

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  60° curve angle = 4 zones, 90°
  curve angle = 6 zones

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Each zone requires one powered roller

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical controls location

  	
   

  	
  Outer side channel

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm tapered with high-load bearing cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per zone located at discharge end of zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm tapered with stub axle bearing cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per zone located at discharge end of zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt

  	
   

  	
  1.7 mm thick PVC belt

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum package requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  150 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  5 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  0.1 kg

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  1350 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  800 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  50 kg

  

 

Rev 2004-August-17

 58
 

Dematic C-L100-ST O-ring Drive Roller

 

In a Dematic
C-L100-ST O-ring Drive Roller (ODR) section, each zone has one 50 mm powered
roller that drives all the idler rollers in the zone via interleaved o-rings.

 

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating mode

  	
   

  	
  Transportation, Zero Pressure Accumulation, Reverse
  Slug Accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating speed

  	
   

  	
  0.35 m/s - 1.0 m/s

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical bed length

  	
   

  	
  .5 m to 6 m in based on zone length

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical zone configuration

  	
   

  	
  .5 m, .75 m, and 1 m zones

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical controls location

  	
   

  	
  Left or right side channel

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm double-grooved with high-load bearing
  cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per zone located at the center of the zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm double-grooved with stub axle bearing
  cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Quantity varies by zone configuration

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O-ring

  	
   

  	
  Polyurethane belt, 4.75 mm thick, 62.5 mm pitch

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum package requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  190 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  5 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  0.1 kg

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  1350 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  800 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  30 kg

  

 

Rev 2004-September-20

 59
 

Dematic
C-L100-CS O-ring Drive Roller

In a Dematic C-L100-CS O-ring Drive Roller (ODR) section, each zone has
one 50 mm powered roller that drives all the idler rollers in the zone via
interleaved o-rings.

 

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  Position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating Mode

  	
   

  	
  Transportation, Zero Pressure Accumulation, Zero Gap
  Accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating Speed

  	
   

  	
  0.35 m/s - 1.0 m/s

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical Curve
  Direction

  	
   

  	
  Left or Right

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical Curve
  Angle

  	
   

  	
  30°, 45°, 60°, or 90° (inside radius = 750 mm)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical Zone
  Configuration

  	
   

  	
  30° curve angle = 2 zones, 45°
  curve angle = 3 zones,

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  60° curve angle = 4 zones, 90°
  curve angle = 6 zones

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Each zone requires one powered roller

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical
  Controls Location

  	
   

  	
  Outer side channel

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered Roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm double-grooved and tapered with high-load
  bearing cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per zone located at the center of the zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50 mm double-grooved and tapered with stub axle
  bearing cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Quantity varies by zone configuration

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O-ring

  	
   

  	
  Polyurethane belt, 4.75 mm thick, 72.5 mm pitch

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum package
  requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  190 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  5 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  0.1 kg

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package
  dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  1350 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  800 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  30 kg

  

 

Rev 2004-August-17

 60
 

Dematic C-L100-RT Right Angle
Transfer

 

The Dematic C-L100-RT Right Angle Transfer section provides  perpendicular package transfers to the left or right in low throughput applications.
The RT is available in light and
heavy duty configurations.

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating speed

  	
   

  	
  2.4 m/s (maximum)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  raise/lower cycle time

  	
   

  	
  194 msec

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  throughput per hour

  	
   

  	
  1800 u/h (maximum)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Based on a standard 600 mm by 400 mm by 37.5 kg
  carton

  
	
  Operating
  throughput per minute

  	
   

  	
  30 cpm (maximum)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Based on a standard 600 mm by 400 mm by 37.5 kg
  carton

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  destinations served

  	
   

  	
  Maximum of 3 (straight forward, 90° right, and 90°
  left)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical bed
  length

  	
   

  	
  1 m

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical zone
  configuration

  	
   

  	
  Operates as one zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical
  controls location

  	
   

  	
  

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  A master control section must be connected to either
  Port 2 or 3.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm powered roller with high-load bearing
  cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2 for light duty configuration, 4 for heavy duty
  configuration

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler roller

  	
   

  	
  41 mm idler rollers

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drive and
  transfer belt

  	
   

  	
  Flat urethane

  

 

 61
 

 

	
  Minimum package requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  190 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  5 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  0.1 kg

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package
  dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  800 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  50 kg

  

 

Rev
2004-November-16

 62
 

C-L200 BOR Description

·      Fully
compatible with Dematic C-L100 

·      Single
drive for long runs

·      Extruded
aluminum side channels

·      Widely
varying product loads

·      Excellent
for inclines 

 

C-L200 BOR belt conveyor
complements  C-L100 and offers the
efficiency of a single drive for long belt conveyor runs. It provides a
cost-effective option to motorized rollers                         

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operation

  	
   

  	
  Two-way, horizontal or incline, no accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum
  incline/decline

  	
   

  	
  20 degrees, with applicable brake motor

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum product
  width

  	
   

  	
  820 mm (32")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum product
  length

  	
   

  	
  250 mm (10")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Capacity

  	
   

  	
  65 kg/m (45 lb/ft); 50 kg (110 lb) product maximum

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Speeds

  	
   

  	
  .20 m/s – 1.27 m/s in approx. .05 m/s increments (40-250 fpm in approx.
  10 fpm increments)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Temperature
  Range

  	
   

  	
  +2°C to +40°C (+35°F to +104°F)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drives

  	
   

  	
  522 lb. center drive

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Motor and
  Reducer

  	
   

  	
  .37 kW through 3.73 kW (1/2 through 5 hp), C-face

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt

  	
   

  	
  FS x FS (horizontal), RT x FS (inclines)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed

  	
   

  	
  Extruded aluminum side channels with extruded
  crossmembers

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOR EB: End bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOR IB: Intermediate bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOR DB: Drive bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed Lengths

  	
   

  	
  500 mm (20"), 750 mm (29"), 1000 mm (39"),
  1500 mm (59"), 2000 mm (79"), 2250 mm (89"), 3000 mm (118"),
  4500 mm (177"), 6000 mm (236")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Return Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50 mm (1.97") dia. galvanized with 11 mm (7/16")
  hex HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Snubber Rollers

  	
   

  	
  56 mm (2-3/16") diameter with HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Carrier Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50 mm (1.97") dia. galvanized with 11 mm (7/16")
  hex HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Roller Centers

  	
   

  	
  125 mm (5") or 187.5 mm (7-3/8")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  End Pulley

  	
   

  	
  100 mm (4") diameter with 37 mm (1-7/16")
  diameter fixed shaft

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Power Feeder

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 PT, box bed with 100 mm (4") diameter
  end and drive pulleys

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Noseover Hinge

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 NO, with two T-bars and two 56 mm (2-3/16")
  snubber rollers

  

 

Rev 2006-June 1

 63
 

C-L200
BOS Description

·                 Fully compatible with Dematic C-L100

·                 Single drive for long runs

·                 Extruded aluminum side channels

·                 Widely varying product loads

·                 Excellent for declines

 

C-L200 BOS conveyor complements C-L100, offers
the efficiency of a single drive for long runs, and provides a cost-effective
option to motorized rollers.

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operation

  	
   

  	
  Two-way, horizontal or incline, no accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum
  incline/decline

  	
   

  	
  20 degrees, with applicable brake motor

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum product
  width

  	
   

  	
  820 mm (32")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum product
  length

  	
   

  	
  None

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Capacity

  	
   

  	
  65 kg/m (45 lb/ft); 50 kg (110 lb) product maximum

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Speeds

  	
   

  	
  .20 m/s – 1.27 m/s in approx. .05 m/s increments
  (40-250 fpm in approx.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  10 fpm increments)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Temperature
  Range

  	
   

  	
  +2°C to +40°C (+35°F to +104°F)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  522 lb. center drive

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Motor and
  Reducer

  	
   

  	
  .37 kW through 3.73 kW (1/2 through 5 hp), C-face

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt

  	
   

  	
  FS x FS (horizontal), RT x FS (inclines)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed

  	
   

  	
  10-gage steel pan and extruded crossmembers bolted
  between extruded aluminum side channels. Available bed heights of 179 mm (7')
  (standard) or 173 mm (6-13/16") (merge points)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOS EB: End bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOS IB: Intermediate bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOS DB: Drive bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed Lengths

  	
   

  	
  500 mm (20"), 750 mm (29"), 1000 mm (39"),
  1500 mm (59"), 2000 mm (79"), 2250 mm (89"), 3000 mm (118"),
  4500 mm (177"), 6000 mm (236")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Return Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50 mm (1.97") dia. galvanized with 11mm (7/16")
  hex HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Snubber Rollers

  	
   

  	
  56 mm (2-3/16") diameter with HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  End Pulley

  	
   

  	
  100 mm (4") diameter with 37 mm (1-7/16")
  diameter fixed shaft

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Power Feeder

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 PT, box bed with 100 mm (4") dia. end
  and drive pulleys

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Noseover Hinge

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 NO, with two T-bars and two 56 mm (2-3/16")
  snubber rollers

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Roller Box Bed

  	
   

  	
  Rollers spaced under the belt for reduced suction
  and friction

  

 

Rev 2006-June 1

 64
 

C-L200 RA Description

·                 Fully compatible with Dematic C-L100

·                 Single drive for long runs

·                 Extruded aluminum side channels

·                 Zero line pressure

·                 Quiet at low and high speeds

 

C-L200 RA Roller Accumulation Conveyor
complements C-L100 and offers the efficiency of using a single drive for long
conveyor runs. It provides a cost-effective option to motorized rollers.

 

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operation

  	
   

  	
  One-way, horizontal, accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  Zero line pressure accumulation with electronic
  sensing

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum product
  width

  	
   

  	
  900mm (35")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum product
  length

  	
   

  	
  None

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Capacity

  	
   

  	
  65 kg/m (45 lb/ft); 50 kg (110 lb) product maximum

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Speeds

  	
   

  	
  .25 m/s — 2 m/s in approx. 05 m/s increments (50-400
  fpm in approx. 10 fpm increments)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Discharge Rates
  (3” roller centers)

  	
   

  	
  With no reflector offset, at .85 m/s (168 fpm):

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·      50%
  w/ singulation discharge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·      90%
  w/ dynamic accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  With 152 mm (6") reflector offset: 65% w/
  dynamic accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  Temperature Range

  	
   

  	
  +2°C to +40°C (+35°F to +104°F); 5% to 95% relative
  non-condensing

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  humidity

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drives

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 RA DR Drive Assembly

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Standard: End drive with 158 kg (350 lb) maximum
  pull, with 1.1m

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  (44") belt take-up

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Center drive available for when more clearance is
  needed under charge end

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Motor and
  Reducer

  	
   

  	
  Totally enclosed .75 kW to 3.73 kW (1 to 5 hp)
  C-face motor and 90°

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  shaft gear reducer

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drive Belt

  	
   

  	
  Flat polyurethane body with aramid fiber
  reinforcement and anti-static

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  nylon back

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed

  	
   

  	
  Extruded aluminum 175mm (7") deep side
  channels, bolted construction

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 RA EB: End bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 RA IB: Intermediate bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 RA DB: Drive bed

  

 

 65
 

C-L200 RA Description

	
  Skewed Roller Bed

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 RA SB: Provides 51 mm or 76 mm (2" or 3")
  skew for edge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  alignment of products to a specific side. Available
  with 3.66 m (12')

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  long beds only

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed Lengths

  	
   

  	
  Intermediate: 1.52 m (5'), 1.83 m (6'), 2.13 m (7'),
  3.05 m (10'), 3.66 m

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  (12'), 4.57 m (15'), 5.49 m (18')

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Charge: 3.66 m (12')

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Discharge: 1.83 m (6') and 3.66 m (12')

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Carrier Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50mm (1.97") dia. galvanized steel captured
  rollers with 11 mm (7/16")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  hex HQ bearings, 76 mm (3") centers

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Sensor Assembly

  	
   

  	
  Photoeye and matching reflector fit in the guide
  channels

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drive Pulley

  	
   

  	
  Solid Steel in 134 mm (5-9/32") to 167 mm
  (6-9/16") diameter, depending on speed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  End Pulley

  	
   

  	
  140 mm (5-1/2") diameter at charge and
  discharge ends

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Controlled End
  Cap and Intermediate

  	
   

  	
  Engages / disengages drive in the zone on a charge /
  discharge bed.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed Assembly for
  Controlled Charge

  	
   

  	
  Also available with a brake that stops rotation of
  carrier rollers near

  
	
  and Discharge

  	
   

  	
  end of discharge bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Slug Discharge
  (via electrical signal)

  	
   

  	
  Activates selected or all zones to live roller mode

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Photoeye

  	
   

  	
  Up to 100 ma, 30 VDC

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  120 VAC and 24 VDC output

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ES Valve and
  Control Assy

  	
   

  	
  21-28 VDC at 40 to 80 ma DC, sleep mode

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Solenoid Air
  Valve (End Assy w/o or

  	
   

  	
  3- or 4-way, 120 VAC and 24 VDC.

  
	
  w/brake)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Slug Discharge
  and Dynamic

  	
   

  	
  Optional valve kits available in 120 VAC and 24 VDC.

  
	
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Air operating
  pressure

  	
   

  	
  3.16 kg/cm (45-psi) Recommended minimum for air source:
  4.92 kg/cm (70-psi)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt Take-up
  pressure

  	
   

  	
  3.16 kg/cm (45-psi)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Control air
  pressure

  	
   

  	
  .49 kg/cm (7 psi)

  

 

Rev 2006-June 1

 66
 

Model 0100 Gravity Wheel Conveyor

·       High Strength-To-Weight Ratio

·       Wide Wheel Face

·       Hardened Raceways

Light and portable gravity wheel conveyors are the first choice for
materials with a reasonably firm bottom surface and moderate weight.

10' Bed Capacities (pounds)

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Steel Frame

  	
   

  	
  Aluminum Frame

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2-1/2"

  	
   

  	
  4"

  	
   

  	
  2-1/2"

  	
   

  	
  2-1/2"

  	
   

  
	
  Width

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Steel 

  	
   

  	
  Aluminum 

  	
   

  
	
  (in.)

  	
   

  	
  Steel Wheels

  	
   

  	
  Wheels

  	
   

  	
  Wheels

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  730

  	
   

  	
  1165

  	
   

  	
  475

  	
   

  	
  485

  	
   

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  705

  	
   

  	
  1145

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  470

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  680

  	
   

  	
  1120

  	
   

  	
  440

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  
	
  One Wheel

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  

 

Axle Centers: 3 inches.

Wheels Per Foot: Other wheel
patterns than shown are available.

Standard Wheels per Foot

	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  3" c-c

  	
   

  	
  1-1/2" c-c

  	
   

  
	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  10 and 12

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  
	
  18"

  	
   

  	
  16 and 18

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  24"

  	
   

  	
  20 and 24

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  

 

Steel Beds: 12 gage, 2-1/2” deep, galvanized, bolted-in
crossmembers.

Aluminum Beds: 1/8" thick, 2-1/2" deep,
bolted-in crossmembers.

Wheels: Steel or aluminum, 1-15/16" diameter, 5/8"
wide face and 1/4" diameter axle. Greased steel bearings. Baffle cone
construction keeps grease in and dirt out.

Weights per Foot
(pounds)*

	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Widths (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  Frame-Wheels

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  
	
  Steel - Steel

  	
   

  	
  10.3

  	
   

  	
  11.9

  	
   

  	
  15.0

  	
   

  
	
  Alum - Steel

  	
   

  	
  8.3

  	
   

  	
  9.8

  	
   

  	
  12.7

  	
   

  
	
  Alum - Alum

  	
   

  	
  7.2

  	
   

  	
  8.2

  	
   

  	
  9.9

  	
   

  

 

*  Weights
include 3 lb/ft for supports.

Bed Lengths: 5' and 10'. Also available in 1'-12'
lengths in 3" increments.

Curve Degrees: 45 and 90.

Connectors: Straight section has hooks on one end and bar
at other end.

 67
 

Rev 2005-March-11

Curve Capacities: All curve capacities are equal to or in excess
of corresponding 10’ straight sections.

90 Degree Curve Weights
(pounds)**

	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Widths (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  Frame - Wheels

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  
	
  Steel - Aluminum
  (lb)

  	
   

  	
  104

  	
   

  	
  110

  	
   

  	
  121

  	
   

  
	
  Aluminum - Steel
  (lb)

  	
   

  	
  91

  	
   

  	
  97

  	
   

  	
  104

  	
   

  
	
  Aluminum - Aluminum (lb)

  	
   

  	
  84

  	
   

  	
  86

  	
   

  	
  93

  	
   

  

 

**  Weights
include 60 Ib/curve for supports.

Options

Wheels Low: With 4" deep steel frame.

Axle Centers: 1-1/2"

Wheels: Wheels with oiled or dry bearings. Nylon
wheels (capacity 6 lb), PVC coating, black or non-marking gray neoprene tires.
PVC coating and tires are used only on the outer third of curves and cannot be
used with 1-1/2" axle centers.

Connectors: Hooks and bars at both ends.

	
  Normal Width 

  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Radius Feet 

  (Nom.)

  	
   

  	
  Degree

  	
   

  	
  W (in.) Width

  	
   

  	
  A (in.) Outer 

  Radius

  	
   

  	
  B (in.) Inner

  Radius

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  45

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  37

  	
   

  	
  25,
  36-1/2, 48-1/2, 60-1/2

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  and

  	
   

  	
  11-15/16

  	
   

  	
  48-1/2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  17-15/16

  	
   

  	
  60-1/2

  	
   

  	
  30-1/2,
  42-1/2, 54-1/2

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23-15/16

  	
   

  	
  72-1/2

  	
   

  	
  24-1/2, 36-1/2, 48-1/2

  	
   

  

 

Rev 2005-March-11

 68

Model 0200 Gravity Roller
Conveyor 1.9 Hex

·      Five Widths

·      Single/Double Lane Curves

·      45 and 90 Degree Curves

Gravity conveyor mechanizes an operation that
doesn’t justify powered equipment. Gravity conveyor quickly and effortlessly
moves thousands of items in almost any direction with minimal operating and
maintenance costs.

Bed: 10 gage, 3-1/2" deep, galvanized, welded
construction. 5' and 10' long. Other lengths available.

Curves: Single and double lane. Double lane is not
available in 12" and 18" widths. 45 and 90 degrees.

Straight and Curve
Dimensions

	
  A (Overall
  Width) (in.)

  	
   

  	
  C (in.)

  	
   

  	
  B(in.)

  
	
  12-1/4

  	
   

  	
  41

  	
   

  	
  47-1/8

  
	
  18-1/4

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  53-1/8

  
	
  24-1/4

  	
   

  	
  47

  	
   

  	
  59-1/8

  
	
  30-1/4

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  65-1/8

  
	
  36-1/4

  	
   

  	
  53

  	
   

  	
  71-1/8

  

 

10 Foot Bed Capacities
(pounds)

	
  Width (in.)

  	
   

  	
  Roller Centers

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3" c-c

  	
   

  	
  4" c-c

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  1260

  	
   

  	
  1280

  	
   

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  1225

  	
   

  	
  1250

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  1185

  	
   

  	
  1220

  	
   

  
	
  30

  	
   

  	
  1145

  	
   

  	
  1190

  	
   

  
	
  36

  	
   

  	
  1105

  	
   

  	
  1160

  	
   

  
	
  One Roller

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  250

  	
   

  

 

NOTE 5-foot sections are at least twice the
capacity amount of a 10-foot section (subject to the capacity of the rollers
supporting the load).

Rollers: 16-gage galvanized, 7/16” hex SR bearings, and
3” and 4” roller centers.

Curve Capacities: Equal to or in excess of 10’ straight
sections.

Weights per Foot (pounds)
with SR Bearings*

	
  Roller

  	
   

  	
  Widths (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  Centers

  	
   

  	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  18"

  	
   

  	
  24"

  	
   

  	
  30"

  	
   

  	
  36"

  	
   

  
	
  3" c-c

  	
   

  	
  15.6

  	
   

  	
  19.6

  	
   

  	
  23.9

  	
   

  	
  27.6

  	
   

  	
  31.7

  	
   

  
	
  4" c-c

  	
   

  	
  13.8

  	
   

  	
  16.9

  	
   

  	
  20.4

  	
   

  	
  23.3

  	
   

  	
  26.5

  	
   

  

 

* Weights include 3 lb/ft for supports.

Options: Rollers Low, 14 gage, and
2-1/4" centers.

Optional Widths: 42" through 54" in 6"
increments.

90 Degree Curve
Weights (pounds)**

	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  18"

  	
   

  	
  24"

  	
   

  	
  30"

  	
   

  	
  36"

  	
   

  
	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  140

  	
   

  	
  174

  	
   

  	
  205

  	
   

  	
  239

  	
   

  	
  269

  	
   

  

 

** Weights include 60 lb/curve
for supports.

Rev 2005-March-12

 69
 

Model 0405 Slider Bed Conveyor

·      Rugged

·      Versatile

·      Wide Range of Widths

·      E-Z Trac® Pulleys

Model 0405 Slider Bed conveyor is an
economical choice for widely varying load sizes and shapes. In addition to
mixed loads, slider beds can handle hard-to-convey products such as crates,
bags, bundles, rolls, and unpackaged goods.

Operation: Two-way, horizontal, incline, or decline. No
accumulation.

Capacity: 158 lb/ft
max. with 12-1/4" wide bed.

Speeds: 40-200 fpm fixed in 10-fpm increments.

Drives: 500 lb series drives (520 lb and 522 lb pull
center drives) with 8" diameter pulley on a 2-7/16" diameter shaft
with 1-3/16" diameter bearings and input (520) or 1-7/16" bearings
& 1-3/16" input (522). Chain final drive (520) or cog belt final drive
(522). 1050 lb pull center drive with 12" diameter pulley on 2-7/16"
diameter shaft with 1-15/16" diameter bearings and input.

For each drive, pulley has molded-on, flat
lagging, and self-aligning bearings in which the shaft mounts.

Take-up in Drives: 4" diameter (6" for 1050) E-Z Trac
belt take-up pulley with lifetime grease packed, sealed ball bearings mounted
to a 1-7/16" diameter (1-15/16" for 1050) fixed shaft.

Take-up Pulley: Mounts on parallel take-up screws; adjusts
manually. Maximum belt take-up:

·      26"
with 520 lb (Center Drive)

·      16"
with 522 lb (Center Drive)

·      24-1/2"
with 1050 lb and 2050 lb Center and End Drive

Product Specifications

	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  A

  	
   

  	
  B

  
	
  520 lb

  	
   

  	
  14"

  	
   

  	
  54"

  
	
  522 lb

  	
   

  	
  17"

  	
   

  	
  59"

  
	
  1050 lb

  	
   

  	
  27"

  	
   

  	
  65"

  

 

 70
 

Rev 2006 February-02

Belt: PVC-impregnated polyester carcass. With horizontal, both sides
low-friction surfaces. With incline/meter/brake, low-friction on bottom, rough
top. Belt width is 4" less than bed width of 30" through 54".

Bed: Painted, 12-gage steel, 5-1/4" deep box type, bolted-in
crossmembers.

Motor and Reducer: 1/3 through 7-1/2 hp, C-face. Brake
motor on incline/decline units.

Bed Lengths: 12'. Other lengths available.

End Pulley: 4" diameter with 1-7/16"
diameter fixed shaft or 6" diameter pulley with 1-15/16" diameter
fixed shaft. Has precision, grease-packed ball bearings mounted in machined
bores, spin formed into the ends
of the pulley shell.

Return Rollers: 1.9" diameter, 16 gage,
galvanized steel with 7/16" hex SR bearings.

Nose-over: Painted, 10 gage, one piece laser cut
side channels, 5-1/4" deep with 2-3/16" diameter, 12-gage carrier
rollers.

Power Feeder: Box type bed with 4" or 6"
diameter end pulleys. A 4" or 6" diameter main line end pulley drives
power feeder end pulley by chain and sprockets.

Product Specifications (Dimension A)

A

	
  Drive 

  Pulley 

  Dia

  	
   

  	
  Widths (Nominal)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  18-24"

  	
   

  	
  30 "

  	
   

  	
  36 "

  	
   

  	
  42 "

  	
   

  	
  48-54 "

  	
   

  
	
  4"

  	
   

  	
  3'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  4'1-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  5'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  6'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  9'1-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  
	
  6"

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  4'2"

  	
   

  	
  5'8"

  	
   

  	
  6'8"

  	
   

  	
  9'2"

  	
   

  	
  9'4-1/16"

  	
   

  

 

Accessories

Gravity Wheel Feeder

Slave Drive: Model 0996 curves and junctions.

Auxiliary Horizontal Take-up: 4” diameter pulleys provide 24” or 48”
of belt take-up.

Options

Speeds: Higher speeds available.

522 lb Center Drive: With chain final drive.

Beds: Galvanized roller slider has 1.9"
diameter rollers projecting 7/16" above the top surface of bed, with
roller centers varying from 14" to 30". Available with single or
double lanes. Wheel slider also available.

Conveyor and Drive Weights: Ask your Sales Engineer for weight
information.

End Pulley (underslung):

·      260
lb: 4" dia. drive pulley, 1-7/16" dia. shaft.

·      520
lb: 8" dia. drive pulley, 2-7/16" dia. shaft.

·      1050
lb: 12" dia. drive pulley, 1-15/16" dia. shaft.

Product Specifications

	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  A (in.)

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  C(in.)

  	
   

  	
  D (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  260 lb

  	
   

  	
  7-1/16

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  19-3/4

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  
	
  520 lb

  	
   

  	
  15-1/2

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  19-7/8

  	
   

  	
  57

  	
   

  
	
  1050 lb

  	
   

  	
  48-1/2

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  25 

  	
   

  	
  69

  	
   

  

 

*  2-1/2’ or 10’ Bed

Rev 2006 February-02

 71
 

Model 0410 Belt-on-Roller
Conveyor

·      Rugged

·      Versatile

·      Wide Range of Widths .

·      E-Z Trac® Pulleys

This belt-on-roller conveyor allows handling loose and irregular-shaped
products and relatively heavy loads over a long distance.

Operation: Two-way, horizontal, incline, or decline.
No accumulation.

Capacity: 141-lb/ft max. with 12-1/4" wide bed.

Speeds: 40-200 fpm fixed in 10-fpm increments.

Drives: 522 lb pull center drive with 8" diameter pulley on a 2-7/16"
diameter shaft with 1-7/16" diameter bearings and 1-3/16" input for
cog belt final drive. 1050 lb pull center drive with 12" diameter pulley
on 2-7/16" diameter shaft with 1-15/16" diameter bearings and input.

Pulleys have molded-on, flat lagging, and self-aligning bearings in
which the shaft mounts.

Take-up in Drives: 4" diameter
(6" for 1050) E-Z Trac belt take-up pulley with lifetime grease packed,
sealed ball bearings mounted to a 1-7/16” diameter (1-15/16" for 1050)
fixed shaft.

Take-up pulley mounts on parallel take-up screws and adjusts manually
for maximum take-up of 16" (522 lb) or 24-1/2" (1050 lb).

Belt: PVC-impregnated polyester carcass. With horizontal, both sides
low-friction surfaces. With incline/meter/brake, low-friction on bottom, rough
top. Belt width is 4" less than bed width for 12" through 24"
and 6" less for 30" through 54".

Bed: Painted, 10-gage steel, 6-1/4" deep, 1-1/8" flanges,
bolted construction.

Bed Lengths: 12. Other lengths available.

Product Specifications

	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  A

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  
	
  522 lb

  	
   

  	
  17"

  	
   

  	
  59"

  	
   

  
	
  1050 lb

  	
   

  	
  27"

  	
   

  	
  65"

  	
   

  

 

Rev 2006 March-11

 72
 

Motor and Reducer: 1/3 through 10 hp, C-face, 1750 rpm.
Brake motor on incline/decline units.

End Pulley: 4” diameter with 1-7/16” diameter fixed shaft
or 6” diameter pulley with 1-15/16” diameter fixed shaft. Has precision,
grease-packed ball bearings mounted in ends of the pulley shell.

Rollers: 1.9” diameter, 16-gage, galvanized steel with
7/16” hex SR bearings. Captured rollers high.

Roller Centers: 4” or 8”.

Nose-over: Painted, 10-gage, one piece laser cut side
channels, 6-1/4” deep with 2-3/16” diameter, 12-gage carrier rollers.

Power Feeder: Box type bed with 4” or 6” diameter end
pulleys. A 4” or 6” diameter main line end pulley drives power feeder end
pulley by chain and sprockets.

Product Specifications
(Dimension A)

A

	
  Drive Pulley Dia

  	
   

  	
  Widths (Nominal)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  18-24"

  	
   

  	
  30"

  	
   

  	
  36"

  	
   

  	
  42"

  	
   

  	
  48-54"

  	
   

  
	
  4"

  	
   

  	
  3'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  4'1-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  5'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  6'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  9’1-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  
	
  6"

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  4'2"

  	
   

  	
  5'8"

  	
   

  	
  6’8"

  	
   

  	
  9'2"

  	
   

  	
  9'4-1/16"

  	
   

  

 

Accessories

Gravity Wheel Feeder

Slave Drive: Model 996 curves and junctions.

Auxiliary Horizontal Take-up: 4” diameter pulleys provide 24” or 48” of belt
take-up.

Options

Speeds: Other speeds available.

522 lb Center Drive: With chain final drive.

Rollers: 14-gage, high speed HQ bearings for extended
conveyor life with reduced noise, and captured rollers low.

End Pulley: With 4" of take-up (8" of
belt).

Widths: 12-1/4", 42-1/4", 48-1/4", and 54-1/4".

Conveyor and Drive Weights: Ask your Sales Engineer for weight
information.

End Pulley (underslung):

·      260
lb: 4" dia. drive pulley, 1-7/16" dia. shaft.

·      520
lb: 8" dia. drive pulley, 2-7/16" dia. shaft.

·      1050
lb: 12" dia. drive pulley, 1-15/16" dia. shaft.

	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  A (in.)

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  C (in.)

  	
   

  	
  D (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  260 lb

  	
   

  	
  7-1/1

  	
  6

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  19-3/

  	
  4

  	
  44

  	
   

  
	
  520 lb

  	
   

  	
  15-1/

  	
  2

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  19-7/

  	
  8

  	
  57

  	
   

  
	
  1050 lb

  	
   

  	
  48-1/

  	
  2

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  69

  	
   

  

 

*         2-1/2’ or
10’ Bed

 73
 

Model 0460 Empty Carton Conveyor

·      Reliable

·      Economical

·      E-Z Trac® Pulleys

This empty carton conveyor handles empty scrap
cartons, packing and wrapping materials, etc.

Operation: Two-way, horizontal, incline or decline up to
20 degrees. No accumulation.

Capacity: 5 lb/ft.

Speeds: 40-90 fpm fixed in 10-fpm increments.

Drives: 522 lb pull center drive with 8" diameter pulley on a 2-7/16"
diameter shaft with 1-7/16" bearings and 1-3/16" input for cog belt
final drive. 1050 lb pull center drive with 12" diameter pulley on 2-7/16"
diameter shaft with 1-15/16" diameter bearings and input.

End Pulley: 4” diameter on 1-7/16” diameter
shaft, with or less shroud with precision bearings.

Motor and Reducer: 1/2 through 2 hp, C-face.

E (max. in.) Motor Length Less Brake

	
  Reducer

  	
   

  	
  Incline 0°-14°

  	
   

  	
  Incline 15°-25°

  	
   

  
	
  175

  	
   

  	
  8-5/8

  	
   

  	
  11-13/16

  	
   

  
	
  200

  	
   

  	
  7-5/8

  	
   

  	
  10-5/16

  	
   

  
	
  262

  	
   

  	
  12-1/2

  	
   

  	
  15-5/16

  	
   

  
	
  350

  	
   

  	
  13-5/8

  	
   

  	
  16-5/8

  	
   

  

 

Bottom Dust Covers: 18 gage galvanized steel with stiffeners and 1/4”
gap between covers:

Roller with Standard Dust Covers
(with side guards shown)

Roller with Full Dust Covers
(side guards not shown)

 74
 

Bed: 36" and 48" wide, galvanized,
14-gage steel, 3-1/2"-deep box type, with structural angle stiffeners.

Belt: PVC-impregnated polyester carcass with
horizontal, low-friction surfaces on both sides. With incline, low-friction
bottom, rough top. Belt width is 6” less than bed width.

Bed Length: 10'. Other lengths are available.

Return Rollers: 1.9" diameter, 16-gage, galvanized steel
with 7/16" hex SR bearings.

Side Guards: 6" high, 14 gage, and galvanized steel.

Conveyor Weights  (pounds)

	
  Bed Width

  	
   

  	
  24”

  	
   

  	
  36”

  	
   

  	
  48”

  	
   

  
	
  Per Foot*

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  27

  	
   

  
	
  Drive*

  	
   

  	
  346

  	
   

  	
  402

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  

 

*Includes 3 lb/ft for supports.

Options

522 lb Center Drive: With chain final drive.

Beds and Dust Covers: 4-1/8" deep 24" wide bed and full
dust covers.

Double Snubber: 5-20 degree incline or decline.

Frame: 12-gage galvanized steel. 4" diameter
pulleys, 2-3/16" 12-gage snubber rollers and 18" high side guards.

Nose-over: 5-20 degree incline. 3/16" painted side
plates, 2-3/16" snubber rollers, and 18" high, 14-gage side guards.

Side Guards: 18" high, 14-gage.

Rev 2005-March-11

 75
 

Model 0977 Flat Belt Turn

·      Maintains Product Orientation

·      Assures Positive Spacing

·      High Speed

·      Low Noise

Flat belt turns are used in conveyor systems
where product spacing and orientation must be maintained. The curved belt
surface also allows odd-shaped and fragile products to be conveyed around
bends. The Flat Belt Turn is suitable for high speed, low noise applications
(up to 500 fpm with less than 75 dBA noise levels).

Degrees: 30, 45, 60, 90, 180.

Belt: PVC 100 with smooth top and friction back.
Laced belt is standard; endless is optional. Special belts also available.

Bed: Steel bolted and welded frame with steel
shrouding. 10 gage inside channel track; 5/16” steel outside track and aluminum
brackets.

End Pulleys: Cast aluminum tapered pulleys, precision
machined. Drive pulley is lagged with friction material.

Guard Rails: 12 gage painted steel, 6”, 12”, or 18” high as
required. Flange guard rail and channel guard rail available upon request.

Operation: One-way, horizontal.

Capacity: (Maximum live loads for 90 degree turns).

·      Series
B: 200 lb live load.

·      Series
C: 280 lb live load.

·      Series
D: 360 lb live load.

Speeds: Up to 550 fpm at centerline of belt, fixed,
depending on model and degrees.

Drive: Base-mounted 3/4-5 hp gearmotor located at
discharge end, preferably on outside of curve. Timing belt connection between
gearmotor and drive pulley.

NOTE   Shaft mounted drives are available.

Rev 2005-March-14

 76
 

Replaceable Components: The motor and gearbox are made by Eurodrive,
the bearings are made by Dodge, the drive belt and sprockets are made by Dodge
(or an equivalent) and the belting is Georgia Duck (or an equivalent). The drive
pulleys, end pulleys, take-up components, and return rollers are all custom and
will be stocked in reasonable quantities.

	
  Model No.*

  Radius at Outside of

  Belt (in.) / Exposed 

  Belt (in.)

  	
   

  	
  Degrees

  Available

  	
   

  	
  A (in.)

  Inside

  Radius

  	
   

  	
  B (in.)

  Exposed

  Belt Width

  	
   

  	
  C (in.)

  Radius at

  Centerline

  	
   

  	
  D (in.)

  Pulley

  Centerline

  Diameter

  	
   

  	
  E (in.)

  Radius at

  Outside of

  Belt

  	
   

  	
  F (in.)

  Radius Outside

  of Frame (Nom)

  	
   

  	
  G (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 22

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  4.79

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  25-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 24

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  47

  	
   

  	
  4.69

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  27-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 26

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  46

  	
   

  	
  4.59

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  29-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 28

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  45

  	
   

  	
  4.49

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  31-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 30

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  4.39

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  33-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 32

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  43

  	
   

  	
  4.29

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  35-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 34

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  	
  42

  	
   

  	
  4.19

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  37-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 36

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  41

  	
   

  	
  4.09

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  39-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 24

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  62

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  75

  	
   

  	
  5.18

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  27-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 26

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  74

  	
   

  	
  5.11

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  29-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 28

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  58

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  73

  	
   

  	
  5.04

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  31-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 30

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  56

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  72

  	
   

  	
  4.97

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  33-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 32

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  54

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  71

  	
   

  	
  4.90

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  35-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 34

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  52

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  	
  70

  	
   

  	
  4.83

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  37-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 36

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  69

  	
   

  	
  4.76

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  39-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 38

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  	
  68

  	
   

  	
  4.69

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  41-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 40

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  46

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  67

  	
   

  	
  4.63

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  43-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 42

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  42

  	
   

  	
  66

  	
   

  	
  4.56

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  45-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 44

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  42

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  65

  	
   

  	
  4.49

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  47-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 46

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  46

  	
   

  	
  64

  	
   

  	
  4.42

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  49-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 48

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  63

  	
   

  	
  4.35

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  51-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 24

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  103

  	
   

  	
  5.44

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  27-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 26

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  88

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  102

  	
   

  	
  5.38

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  29-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 28

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  86

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  101

  	
   

  	
  5.33

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  31-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 30

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  84

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  5.28

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  33-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 32

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  82

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  99

  	
   

  	
  5.22

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  35-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 34

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  	
  98

  	
   

  	
  5.17

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  37-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 36

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  78

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  97

  	
   

  	
  5.12

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  39-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 38

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  76

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  	
  96

  	
   

  	
  5.07

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  41-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 40

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  74

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  95

  	
   

  	
  5.01

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  43-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 42

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  72

  	
   

  	
  42

  	
   

  	
  94

  	
   

  	
  4.96

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  45-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 44

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  70

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  93

  	
   

  	
  4.91

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  47-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 46

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  68

  	
   

  	
  46

  	
   

  	
  92

  	
   

  	
  4.86

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  49-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 48

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  66

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  91

  	
   

  	
  4.80

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  51-7/8

  	
   

  

 

*         For
complete model numbers, add “977” to the beginning of this number, and add the
appropriate degree (30, 45, 60, 90, or 180) to the end.

Rev 2005-March-14

 77
 

Model 1102 Live Roller Conveyor

·      Adjustable Belt Pressure

·      Pop-Out Rollers

·      E-Z Trac Pulleys

This transportation conveyor can be used for low-pressure accumulation
when zero line pressure is not required. Carrier rollers activated from below
by a drive belt provide a
smooth, low friction-conveying surface. Individually adjustable pressure
rollers enable varying drive pressure.

Operation: Two-way with center drive. Horizontal;
inclines/declines up to 5 degrees.

Rollers: 1.9” diameter, 16-gage, galvanized steel with 7/16” hex HQ
bearings. Pop-out rollers high.

Roller Centers: 3” carrier and 6” pressure centers.

Capacity: 135 lb/ft.

Speeds: 40-200 fpm in 10-fpm increments.

Motor and Reducer: 1/2-5 hp, C-face motor.

Belt: 8” wide, PVC-impregnated polyester carcass
with smooth top and bottom.

Drive: 522 lb pull center drive with 8” diameter
pulley, with lagging, on a 2-7/16” diameter shaft, with 1-7/16” self-aligning
pillow block bearings and 1-3/16” input for cog belt final drive. Take-up
pulley 4” diameter on 1-7/16” diameter fixed shaft for 16” of belt take-up.

Bed Lengths: 12’ long. Other lengths available.

End Pulley: 4” diameter pulley on 1-7/16” diameter shaft.

Bed: 10-gage, 6-1/4” deep, painted, bolted.

Auxiliary Horizontal Take-Up: Four-inch diameter pulleys provide 24” or 48”
of belt take-up.

Options

522 lb Center Drive: With chain final drive.

Rollers: 16-gage, SR bearings, and pop-out and captured
rollers low.

Roller Centers: 3”-9”, 3”-12”, 4”-8”,
4”-12”.

Widths: 12-1/4”, 42-1/4”, 48-1/4”, and 54-1/4”.

Accessories

End Drive: 520 lb
pull with 8” diameter pulley on 2-7/16” diameter shaft. 34” of belt
take-up.

Slave Drive: Model 996 curves and junctions.

Case Stop: Air, foot, hand or motor operated.

Rev 2005-April-29

 

 78

^+

Model 2310 Single Line Dual Servo Induction

·          Four Variable Speed Belts Per Line

·          Dual Servo Control

The Single Line Induct (SLI) allows low speed, economical conveyor to
feed a high-speed sorter with the required spacing. The dual servo SLI operates
with the RS200 PLUS sorter.

The packages enter the induction belt section. Each dual belt section
has variable speed belts mechanically coupled to maintain a constant speed
ratio between belts. This induct unit is designed for 20 lb/ft live load.

Drives: One AC Servomotor per pair controlled by a
Dual Servo Controller.

Package Stability: Must tolerate .4g acceleration.

Control: PLC.

Quantity Variable Speed
Belts: Four (belts 1,
2, 3 and 4) per induct line.

Maximum Sorter Speed: 540 fpm.

Rate: 134 cpm at average 24” long product.

Width: A 36” maximum carton width.

Lengths: 28’ total for complete induct assembly.

Safety Pull Cord: Provided along entire length of the induction
conveyor for emergency shutdown.

Rev 2005-March-16

 79
 

Model 2421 RS200 Magnetic High Rate Sorter

·          200 Plus Cartons Per Minute

·          Interleaving Aluminum Slats

·          Durable Divert Shoe

·          Quieter Diverts

·          Reliable, Quiet Divert Switch Module Designed for
Minimum Maintenance and Long Life

The RS200E PLUSTM sorter/conveyor provides
reliable tracking and sorting of product regardless of carton size and shape.
At divert points, an electromagnetic divert switch automatically activates, and
a group of divert shoes slide across the conveyor flights, pushing the
appropriate carton onto an outbound conveyor.

Package Weight: 100 lb maximum (50 lb. per ft.), 2 lb minimum.
Applications up to 150 lb. are possible in certain applications.

Maximum Sorter Length: 650’ for single units. Multiple units may be
installed end-to-end.

Standard Drives: C-face mounted 7-1/2 to 25 hp, 3-phase motor
with parallel gear reducer, and cog belt drive.

Maximum Rate: Capable of sorting more than 200 cartons per
minute (average length 16”).

Rev 2005-March-22

 80
 

Divert Switch: An electrically operated magnetic divert switch diverts shoes at each
divert point. This divert switch uses an electromagnet to re-direct shoes to
divert product when turned on by the magnetic divert switch (MDS) controller.
The magnetic divert switch is easily removed through the side frame for
inspection without disassembly of the sorter slats.

Standard Package Heights: 1” to 30” for photoeye read.

Standard Sorter Widths: Slat surface widths from 46-9/16” to 59-9/16”.

Speed: 275-fpm minimum speed. 540-fpm maximum speed
for 20o sorter and 340-fpm maximum for 30o sorter. Speed control set for
maintenance, jog and normal modes.

Divert Shoes: Attached to the slats and free to slide along
the length of the slats. When shoes pass through a divert switch, they can be
re-directed to slide across the slats to divert a carton. While diverting, the
shoes are magnetically guided through each divert switch by rolling on a
precision ball bearing, to reduce noise. On two-way diverts, a guide vane is
located under the ball bearing to steer the shoe through the crossover point.
Divert shoes can sort to the right, left or both sides of the conveyor at
either a 20o or 30o angle.

Carrying Surface: Flat, anodized aluminum interleaving slats
make up the conveying surface of the sorter. Two strands of ASA RC-100 roller
chain drive the slats. A slat isolation insert connects the roller chain to the
slats to reduce noise. The roller chain is carried on polyurethane wheels with
shielded precision bearings.

Controls: Emergency stop pull cord, full-length jam
photo eye. Microprocessor control provides lost shoe detection, slack chain
detection, and missing pin detection. The MDS controller provides visible LED
fault detection, and line fault output is available.

Charge Bed: Supports the tail shaft and chain sprocket.
Charge bed includes a transition belt, which transfers cartons onto the sorter
from the conveyor feeding it.

Intermediate Bed: Provides transition between other types of
beds. 3/16” formed side channels. Bolted, formed channel cross members.

Divert Beds: One or two-way divert beds which include
magnetic divert switch/switches with controls mounted near each switch.
Controls equipped with quick disconnect fittings. Bed frames the same as
intermediate beds. Magnetic divert curves at the end of the divert angles for
noise reduction.

Catenary Bed: Includes a one-way or two-way divert and lost
shoe sweep angle assembly. A catenary take-up is located in the bottom of the
bed to compensate for any slack that may develop in the slat chains.

Discharge Bed: Supports the head shaft and sorter drive.
Discharge bed includes a transition belt, which transfers cartons from the
sorter to next downstream conveyor.

Options

·          Divert
left, right or two-way.

·          Low
Support Assemblies.

·          Oil
Pans.

·          Sound
Dampening Panels.

 81
 

6.4        Mechanical Specifications

1.        The conveyor
equipment to be provided is designed to operate in one (1) direction only
unless specified otherwise.

2.        All conveyor
widths indicated on the Mechanical Equipment list in this Proposal are nominal
widths from outside to outside of conveyor beds.

3.        Snubber
Rollers are equipped with safety guarding unless guarded by location.

4.        Protective
guarding will be provided on Belt return rollers for slider bed,
belt-on-roller, and belt driven live roller conveyors (belt widths greater than
4”) between the elevations of 2 feet - 6 inches and 8 feet - 0 inches above the
floor and/or other Personnel walking surfaces as determined by Dematic
Application Engineering.

5.        Auxiliary
take-ups or belt take out sections will be provided on all belt units that Dematic
Engineering determines as necessary.

6.        Drip pans
will be provided under all motors furnished with gear reducers.

7.        The system
is intended to operate at ambient temperatures of 35 degrees Fahrenheit, to 104
degrees Fahrenheit, 5 percent to 90 percent relative humidity (non-condensing).

8.        Manual
assistance may be required to initiate and/or maintain the flow of product on
gravity conveyor(s). It is understood that due to the inherent characteristics
of gravity conveyor, free flow of product may not occur at all times.

9.        The
provision for header steel and related material or hardware necessary to
ceiling hang the conveyors is included in this Proposal.

10.      Dematic will
supply point loads for ceiling hangers, but it remains The Children’s Place’s
responsibility to validate the structural integrity of the structure that the
ceiling hangers suspend from.

11.      Sound Levels

In most cases, costs are prohibitive when
trying to engineer and guarantee noise levels of conveyor systems. Anticipated
noise levels can be projected by area, and general noise control practices
applied. Once installation is completed, specific things can be done (at an
additional cost to The Children’s Place) to reduce the noise of any specific
area. This is the most cost effective method of noise control.

Dematic warrants compliance of the proposed
conveyor system with the U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and
Health Act governing acoustical noise levels within the industrial environment
which is in effect at the time of this Proposal.

Dematic does not accept responsibility for
compliance of the overall sound pressure levels of the total installation when
Dematic equipment is combined with other equipment not supplied or specified by
Dematic; nor

 82
 

does Dematic assume responsibility for noise level added to the
equipment noise level by the product being conveyed unless specifically agreed
to as a result of a thorough analysis and test of the specific products to be
conveyed.

12.       Paint

a.         The
majority of this system is comprised mainly of anodized aluminum frames and
components, complimented with plastic guarding covers. Conveyor equipment that
is to be painted will use powder coating techniques.

b.        Powder
Coating

With this system,
electrically-charged powder is applied to grounded parts. This results in a
uniform, resilient finish that resists wear, corrosion, impact, and chemicals.
It is a completely dry process, free of runs, drips and sags.

·          Gloss:
Standard is 65, ±°, or as required

·          Hardness:
Pencil 2H minimum

·          Salt
Spray: 96 hours at 100 RH

·          Film
Thickness: 1.8 to 2.2 Mils

·          Metal
Preparation: Iron phosphate coating (5 Stage washer)

·          Powder
Coating Description: Epoxy polyester hybrid

·          Color:  Light grey RAL 7035

13.       Dematic has
included the air compressor and air distribution system in this Proposal.

14.       Internal air
piping of specially fabricated, air operated devices will be terminated at a
solenoid valve or filter/regulator unit. All internal air piping will
incorporate either barbed or compression type fittings and flexible rubber hose
or plastic tubing.

 83
 

 

7         Controls Equipment Details

The equipment will perform as described when properly
managed, operated, and maintained. Please refer to the Dematic drawings
referenced on the Title Page of this Proposal while reviewing the rate and
equipment listings.

The Control Modules are standard modules and are the same for
each conveyor section. All of the control modules are designed to fit into the
aluminum side channel. These control modules are electrically activated.

The C-L100 controls software exists in a PROFInet CbA (Component
Based Automation) environment and is implemented in conjunction with the C-L100
mechanical and electrical design to ensure a complete mechatronics approach to
the product line.

7.1      C-L100 Integrated Conveying
Solution

The Dematic C-L100 is a fully
integrated automated conveying system. The software, controls, and mechanical
devices are integrated into one conveying solution.

This integrated conveying
solution offers faster installation, simplified re­configuration, and control logic modification.

Common standardized controls
parts allow for simplified maintenance resulting in easier part replacement and less conveyor downtime.

The Dematic C-L100 conveyor system provides Customers with a fully
integrated conveying solution which allows for simplified installation,
configuration, and repair.

7.1.1   Dematic C-L100 Product
Transportation

7.1.1.1   Product Transportation

Transportation conveyors move
cartons, totes, packages or other items from one location to another. The
product moves continuously, without stopping and product spacing is maintained.

7.1.1.2   Product Accumulation

·         Zero Pressure
Accumulation Conveyors are conveyors which allow the product (i.e. -cartons,
totes, packages or other items) to queue without

 84
 

 

applying pressure to the preceding product. If the
downstream zone is not full, the product will travel continuously. If the
downstream zone is full, the product will stop in the upstream zone.

7.1.2   Controls Architecture

Dematic’s C-L100 controls
architecture utilizes a Distributed I/O (DIO) approach.

The conventional controls
architecture incorporates devices such as motors, photoeyes, emergency stop switches, etc., which are connected to
the control system by way of discrete wiring to control panels located in the
general area of the conveyor equipment. One or more of the panels will contain
a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) which controls the system. In most cases,
the control panels are custom designed for individual systems.

The DIO approach uses the latest industrial networks to distribute
the I/O closer to the control devices and the control devices closer to the
equipment. The standard control networks are Ethernet and Profibus.

With DIO, the I/O blocks are
located near the control devices. This design reduces the hardware and labor cost of field wiring the devices. The devices
are connected to the DIO blocks by way of multi-conductor cables with quick
disconnect plugs.

Motorized Rollers are
controlled using Brushless Motor Controllers (BMCs) which are located near the
motorized rollers, rather than in the control panel. The BMCs are connected to
the I/O network by way of multi-conductor cables with quick disconnect plugs.
Power is distributed to the starters by way of a power bus feed from a Power
Distribution Panel (PDP).

The PDP panels take the place
of conventional control panels. PDPs are predesigned and can be stocked or built without additional engineering
design time. PDPs contain a PLC, power distribution equipment, emergency stop
relays, power supplies and other associated controls devices to control an area
of the conveying system.

The PDP panels are connected
to PBC by way of the Ethernet network, and can be connected to each other by way of Ethernet.

The Dematic DIO architecture
is highly modular and configurable, using standard panel designs.

 85
 

 

7.2      Control Devices

The Control Modules are standard modules and
are the same for each conveyor section. All of the control modules are designed
to fit into the aluminum
side channel eliminating the need
for large custom built control cabinets.

The Dematic C-L100 product line utilizes a
distributed controls architecture within the mechatronic design approach. The distributed controls
architecture consists of the following devices:

7.2.1   Open Network Cable

The Open Network Cable (LCON) is a PROFIbus network cable that
serves two purposes, Communications and Electrical power distribution.

7.2.1.1 Communications

The LCON is a two wire communication network
between the various electronic modules mounted in the side channel of the conveyor. Each
module on the LCON has a Profibus address allowing for communication with other
modules on the LCON. A third wire has been added to the two wire communication
network to allow for auto addressing of the control modules.

7.2.1.2 Electrical Power

In addition to the wires used for
communication there are three wires used to supply both 24 volt DC and 48 volt DC electrical power. 48 volt DC
is used to power and control the powered rollers. The 24 volt DC powers the
electronics inside the control modules.

7.2.2   Load Power Supply

The Load Power Supply (LPS) is connected to the AC wiring harness
and supplies 48 VDC power by way of the Open Network Cable (LCON) to the
powered rollers.

The LPS is mounted under the conveyor inline
with one of the cross members. The LPS is supplied 480 volt AC electrical power
from an external Power Distribution Panel (PDP). The LPS rectifies the 480 volt AC into 48 volt DC power and
supplies this 48 volt DC power to the Brushless Motor Controller through a
cable with two D shell connectors on its end. The D shell connectors help
ensure that the mating PBC and BMC are properly connected.

 86
 

Figure 3            Load Power Supply (LPS)

7.2.3   Electronic Power Supply

The Electronic Power Supply (EPS) is an
electrically isolated power supply connected to the AC wiring harness. The EPS
is supplied with 230 VAC and provides 24 VDC power by way of the LCON to the
other control components of the C-L100 system.

Figure 4            Electronic  Power Supply (EPS)

7.2.4   Programmable Bed Controller

The Programmable Bed Controller (PBC)
communicates with the high level devices like the Host Controller and other
PBCs by way of Ethernet/PROFInet and the lower control modules by way of the
LCON.

Communication between Programmable Bed
Controllers is by way of an Industrial Ethernet (PROFInet). PROFInet also
allows communications with other systems like scanners, scales, and other field
devices.

Figure 5            Programmable Bed Controller (PBC)

 87
 

7.2.5    Brushless Motor Controller

The Brushless Motor Controller (BMC) operates the 50mm Powered Rollers
and provides digital Inputs and Outputs (I/Os) to connect photoeyes, brake
rollers, and external equipment to the C-L100 system.

The BMC controls the speed of the powered
rollers and also monitors the motor speed, motor current, and motor voltage
through Hall Effect Sensors mounted in the motor. This facilitates quick
troubleshooting of problematic motors.

Figure 6            Brushless Motor Controller (BMC)

7.2.6   Conveyor Field Switch

The Conveyor Field Switch (CFS) makes it
possible to implement additional network subsets and to connect peripheral
devices to the system such as scanners, scales, and display marquees.

Figure 7            Conveyor Field Switch (CFS)

7.2.7   Photoeyes and Reflectors

Photoeyes are modular and are integrated
within the guide channel. The photoeyes are placed in the guide channel along
the top of the conveyor sides. Multiple eyes can be placed in multiple conveyor
sections or at the corners of Right Angle Transfers.

Polarized retro-reflective photoeyes and
reflectors are available as options.

 88
 

Figure 8            Photoeyes
and Reflectors

7.2.8   50mm Powered Roller

The 50mm powered roller incorporates a
brushless permanent magnet DC motor located inside various roller shells. The
shell types used are based on the application. The DC motor allows the speed of
the motor to be adjusted to achieve the most effective use of the C-L100
conveyor.

The 50mm powered roller is used to drive all
of the conveyor sections with the exception of the Belt on Slider and Belt on
Roller Conveyors.

An internal Hall Effect Sensor allows
monitoring of the motor voltage, motor current, and motor speed for motor
diagnostics.

Figure 9            50mm Powered Roller

 89
 

Figure 10          Control Devices Overview

 90
 

The following Figure illustrates the location of these control
components.

Figure 11          Side Channel Control Device Locations

7.2.9   Power Distribution Panel

Figure 12          Power Distribution Panel (PDP)

The Power Distribution Panel (PDP) is used to power the C-L100 product
line and provides six power branches consisting of high voltage (400-480 VAC,
20 amp) E-stop interrupted power, earth/ground, and low voltage (230 VAC, 3
phase, 5 amp) non-interrupted power intended to provide power to devices such
as the EPS that need to maintain power though an E-stop event. The PDP uses
hardwiring for all E-stop devices and all PDP interlocking.

The power branch cables are connected at the PDP and then routed to
junction boxes located on the conveyor. The power branch is hard wired to the
bus located inside the junction box. The junction box is then connected to the
AC wiring harness located on the conveyor.

 91
 

There are two E-stop zones (each zone capable of interlocking with up
to three other zones) built into the PDP. Power Branches 1, 2, and 3 are controlled
by zone 1 E-stops. Power branches 4, 5, and 6 are controlled by zone 2 E-stops.
The PDP:

·          Provides all electrical
power to the C-L100.

·          Provides power for both
the 24 volt control modules and the 48 volt Powered Rollers.

·          Has two E-stop zones. Each
zone is capable of interlocking with up to three other zones.

·          Has six 20 amp Power
Buses, six 3 amp control busses and uses hardwiring for all E-stop devices and
all PDP interlocking.

·          Houses the power and
E-stop capabilities. The AC and E-stop wiring harnesses distribute AC power and
E-stop functionality throughout the conveyor system.

·          Manages the control
signals to components which implement the run-time operation including, but not
limited to, Starting, Stopping, and E-stop status.

·          Primary functions are
the enabling of system control and E-stops within an area of a C-L100 system.
The C-L100 uses a distributed controls architecture where control logic is
located at the unit. When units are placed together, the units form function
groups, and function groups need to be coordinated. Some of the main effects
that need to be coordinated are System Enabling and E-stop.

7.2.10 Right Angle Transfer Interface Adapter

The Right Angle Transfer Interface Adapter (RIA) provides an interface
between the LCON, BMC, and the servo drive used to operate the RT lift
mechanism. Digital inputs and outputs from the BMC are optically isolated
before being sent to the servo drive.

Figure 13          Right Angle Transfer Interface Adapter (RIA)

 

 92

7.2.11     T-Outfeeder

The T-Outfeeder (TOF) supplies “outgoing” 24 VDC and
48 VDC as well as Profibus communication to external devices that are to be
connected to the C-L 100 system. DC Outputs are filtered, and the Profibus is
electrically isolated to prevent interference on the LCON network.

Figure 14  T-Outfeeder (TOF)

7.3          E-stops
and Interlocking

The PDP has two E-stop zones. Each zone can be
operated independently or both may be interlocked together. All E-stop devices
are connected in series for each zone (typically hardwired E-stop devices).
Detection by the overall system of individual E-stop actuations is not done by
the PDP, but must be done by localized I/O near the device. Any PDP may be
interlocked with other PDPs by hardwired connections. Limitations of the
interlocking include the following:

·                             One
zone of a PD maybe in interlocked with the other zone of the same PDP.

·                             One
zone of a PDP may be interlocked with up to three other zones of other PDPs.

·                             “Cascading”
E-stops are NOT allowed; each interlock action stands alone.

E-stops are hardwired into the PDP and will interrupt
electrical power at the Power Bus eliminating all electrical power to the Load
Power Supply and the Powered Rollers.

An E-stop does not drop the 24 volt power from the
three Control Buses. Keeping power to the Electronic Power Supplies and the
other control modules enables the user to keep track of the packages, jams, and
other control functions during an E-stop.

 93
 

7.4          Control
Cabinets

The conveyor control system’s architecture is “Local
Area Controlled”. This is best described as a localized area having its own
control cabinet. Each area cabinet being able to communicates with other areas
by way of an Ethernet interface.

These cabinets contain all of the required motor
controls and PLC equipment necessary to operate the conveyor system, and will
operate from a supply of 480 Volts, 60 Hertz, 3-Phase power, with a voltage
variation not exceeding +/- 5 percent of nominal.

All control cabinets are NEMA 12 enclosures and carry
a certified UL approval.

A typical control cabinet would contain the following
hardware:

·                             Cabinet
disconnect switches

·                             Fusing
/ Motor protection

·                             Motor
controls such as starters, timers and control relays

·                             PLC,
Rack, I/O and specialized modules

·                             Pushbuttons

·                             Pilot
lights

·                             Terminals,
wire ways and other miscellaneous items

All of the area’s motors, sensing devices, E-stop
devices, scanners and operator interfaces will be wired back to the local
control cabinets.

7.5      Standard Controls Hardware

The control system will use standard electrical
hardware components. The following is a brief listing of the electrical
hardware and manufacturers typically used on a project of this type. Exact
components may vary from this typical listing.

	
  Controls Component

  	
   

  	
  Manufacturer

  
	
  Control Cabinets

  	
   

  	
  Hoffman

  
	
  Transformers

  	
   

  	
  Acme

  
	
  Programmable
  Controllers

  	
   

  	
  Allen-Bradley

  
	
  Brushless Motor
  Controllers (BMCs)

  	
   

  	
  Siemens

  
	
  Control Relays

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  
	
  Pushbuttons,
  Pilot lights, etc

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  
	
  Limit switches

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  

 

 94
 

 

	
  Controls Component

  	
   

  	
  Manufacturer

  
	
  Photoeyes

  	
   

  	
  Sick

  
	
  Horns

  	
   

  	
  Federal

  
	
  Beacons

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  
	
  Panel Disconnect
  Switch

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  
	
  E-Stop Switches

  	
   

  	
  Dematic

  

 

7.5.1       Programmable
Bed Controller Features

The system will utilize Windows-based programming
software and documentation. The device layout drawings and I/O block schematic
drawings will be developed on AutoCAD. The PLC programming software packages
will be loaded onto the appropriate PLC programming terminal. The programming
terminal will include a PC capable of properly loading and running the PLC
programming software packages.

The system will be controlled by a Programmable Bed
Controller (PBC). These PBCs will control all of the motor control equipment,
sensors, and Operator interface equipment. The system being proposed will
utilize Dematic’s System Manager product for diagnostic notification.

Any error or operational conditions that need to be
indicated to the Operator will be detected by the PLC system and then shown on
the System Manager. The System Manager will monitor the status of the PLCs and
report their conditions on the monitors.

7.5.2       Safety
Devices

E-stop pushbuttons and pull cord switches will be
located throughout the system to assist in providing a safe operating environment.
Each PDP and some Operator interface stations will contain an E-stop device.
All of these devices will be wired back to their respective PDPs and, by way of
hardwired means, will shut off the appropriate areas of control. All E-stop
pushbuttons will be of the maintained contact type. This will require the
E-stop to be re-set and the system to be restarted prior to any motor control
being initiated.

7.6          GSMi Visualization

The web-based GSMi
Visualization System provides a centralized organizational point for monitoring
a facility’s automated material handling system.

The GSMi
Visualization System uses ICONICSTM software to provide a real-time graphical
display of the material handling system and status. When problems occur, system
alarms generate visual signals. Alarm logs and various diagnostic displays
allow further investigation into the cause of a problem.

 95
 

The GSMi
receives data from the material handling system and continually displays the
data at a computer workstation. GSMi allows for
the convenient monitoring of faults and alarms, to retrieve past alarm
statistics, or to create and print reports. The GSMi
is limited only by the configuration of the controls system and the hardware
used within it.

7.6.1       System
Overview

The GSMi
Visualization System interfaces with the Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC)
and the RapidSort Controller (RSC), which control the conveyor hardware. The
principle function of GSMi is to
monitor and display the state of the material handling system operation.

The GSMi
data is accessible from any PC connected to the Distribution Center network by
way of Microsoft Internet Explorer. No special equipment is needed to connect
to the GSMi site and receive
system information.

 96
 

7.6.2       Home
Page

After addressing the site in Internet Explorer, the
GSMi home page appears. Shown
below is a typical home page. This page has links to all the other pages.

Figure 15   Typical Home Page

 97
 

7.6.3       Graphical
System Layout

Shown below is a typical Graphical System Layout page.
There are three primary areas: menu bar, system view, and active alarm view.
This animated display, along with the keyboard and mouse, provides the primary
operator interface to GSMi.

Figure 16   Graphical System Layout Screen

 98

7.6.3.1    System View Features

The System View occupies the largest area of the GSMi display screen. At startup, the System
View defaults to show the entire material handling system. All conveyors and
devices on all levels within the facility are shown simultaneously to provide a
single view depicting the entire system status at a glance.

The operational status of conveyors and devices is
depicted using color indicators. System fault and event symbols appear within
this window, in a position corresponding to the actual event location in the
facility.

Navigating this composite image to obtain more
detailed information or enlarged views is easily accomplished using mouse or
keyboard commands. The following sections give more detail on the components of
the graphical system layout.

7.6.3.1.1  Menu Bar

The Menu Bar lists all menu commands and any options
selected for each site. This section describes each of the commands available
from the Menu Bar.

Figure
17 Menu Bar

7.6.3.1.2  Zoom Commands

The Zoom commands are used to zoom to a specific area
of the system. This will be specific to each project and customer.

Figure 18 Zoom Shortcut Menu

 99
 

7.6.3.1.3  Help

The Help command takes you to an online copy of this
manual.

7.6.3.1.4  Toolbar
Buttons

The Toolbar buttons are used for navigation within the
GSMi system.

·              Box Zoom: This button will zoom to a box. By
holding the left mouse button and dragging, you can zoom into a specific area.

·              Overview
Zoom: This button will zoom out to show the entire system.

7.6.3.1.5  Elevation
Bar

The Elevation bar is used as a filter to show only
desired conveyors at a specified elevation. “Stacked” equipment may be viewed
by limiting the conveyor elevations that will be displayed. The lower elevation
value is set by the green slider and the upper elevation limit is set by the
red slider. The “All” button resets the upper and lower limits.

7.6.3.2    Keyboard Commands

System View navigation may also be accomplished using
keyboard and mouse commands.

	
  

  	
  To Pan around the layout: Hold the Alt key and Click
  and Drag using the Left Mouse button.

  
	
  

  	
  To Zoom: Hold the Alt key and spin the Mouse Wheel.

  

 

 100
 

7.6.4       Conveyor Colors

Each conveyor section has a single color that
indicates its operational state. If more than one state is true at any moment,
the software displays the higher priority color as defined in GSMi. Note that some states are specific to particular systems
and may not apply.

	
  State Type

  	
   

  	
  Color

  	
   

  	
  Additional Description

  
	
  Non-Powered Equipment

  	
   

  	
   White

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Invalid / Unavailable
  Data

  	
   

  	
   Dk. Gray

  	
   

  	
  Communication problem. Power and/or network
  connections could be the cause.

  
	
  Off/ Inactive

  	
   

  	
   Gray

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Disabled

  	
   

  	
   Lt. Green

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Running / On /Active

  	
   

  	
   Green

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Energy Management (If
  Used)

  	
   

  	
   Blue

  	
   

  	
  Powered off automatically due to lack of product
  present.

  
	
  Full Status

  	
   

  	
   Yellow

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Warning / 100% Full

  	
   

  	
   Orange

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Alarm / Fault

  	
   

  	
   Red

  	
   

  	
  Alarms should be investigated.

  

 

NOTE
If GSMi is not receiving data from the PLC for the conveyor
section, GSMi colors the conveyor
dark gray, which is the default state.

 101
 

The following Figure is an example of some conveyor
colors shown on a system layout.

Figure
19 System Layout Example with Conveyor Colors

 102
 

7.6.5       Symbols

The name of a conveyor section or device may be viewed
by positioning the cursor over the item. Zooming in on an area shows additional
information such as conveyor unit numbers and conveyor flow direction.

Symbols are specific to each material handling system.
Alarm symbols are always red. All symbols will display in the System View,
showing the location of the affected device in the facility. Examples of some
of the typical symbols are shown below. All of these shown may not be needed.

	
  

  	
   

  	
  A red Motor Symbol indicates a motor fault has been
  activated. These symbols will be displayed in the System View showing the
  actual location of the motor on the affected conveyor in the facility.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  A red Emergency Stop symbol indicates that an
  emergency stop button, switch, or pull-cord has been activated.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  A red photo symbol indicates that a jam occurred at
  the symbol location. The specific type of jam (conveyor jam, chute jam, etc.)
  will be described in the alarm text displayed in the Alarm Window. A jam is
  typically associated with a photo eye.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  A yellow or orange photo indicates a flow control
  condition on accumulation conveyor. This photo will typically be seen on a
  conveyor unit that is also yellow or orange.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ALARM TEXT

  	
   

  	
  A label in red text may be used instead of a symbol
  to display selected fault conditions in a custom text window, such as the PLC
  Status Table. The alarm text will still also appear in the standard alarm
  window.

  

 

 103
 

7.6.6       Alarms

All alarms are listed in the Alarm Window. The
information includes the Time/Date the alarm became active, the Description of
the alarm condition, the Area, and the Source of the control network interface
Input.

7.6.6.1    Alarm Text Colors

Active alarms are annunciated using red text on a
white background. The following chart defines the color scheme for the alarm
window.

	
  Type

  	
   

  	
  Acknowledged

  	
   

  	
  Alarm
  Source

  	
   

  	
  Text
  Color

  
	
  Alarms

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Active

  	
   

  	
  Red

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  Active

  	
   

  	
  Blue

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Inactive

  	
   

  	
  Orange

  

 

Figure
20 Alarm Text Example

7.6.6.2    Alarm Acknowledgment

Alarms are not removed automatically. They need to be
acknowledged to remove them from the alarm window. Alarms are acknowledged by
either single left mouse click or by right click then choosing Ack. The
following shows the menus for the right-click action.

Figure 21 Alarm
Acknowledgement Shortcut Menu

 104
 

The Alarm Ack dialog box allows the user to
acknowledge a variety of items depending on the selections made.

Figure 22 Alarm Ack Dialog Box

Clicking the Acknowledge All Alarms button
acknowledges all active alarms listed in the Alarm View. This is a one-time
acknowledgement action. Refer to the Alarm Filters section, for more details on
filtering.

Some alarms (jams, motor faults, E-stops, open gates,
open doors, motor disconnect switches, etc.) have corresponding symbols on the
screen, others have text representations only. To locate an alarm on the system
map, double-click on the alarm text. GSMi positions the
screen so the problem area is centered, enlarged, and visible.

7.6.6.3    Alarm History Reporting

When you click on the Alarm History item under the
Reporting Root of the Treeview, the Historical Alarm Reporting Screen is loaded
in the main window. At first, only the Header and the Report Filters are shown.
Do the following to generate a report:

1.                          Select
the filter criteria based on the
data you want to report on. (If you do not select filters, you get all data in
the Alarm Log)

2.                          Click
on the icon on the menu that corresponds to the report you want (shown below).

3.                          The
Report will be displayed just under the filters.

4.                          You
may choose to change the filters based on what you got back in the report.
Change the filters again and make sure that you click on the icon again to
refresh the report.

5.                          To
print the report, you may want to
modify the appearance of the report. You can hide the filters by clicking on
the filter icon on the menu. You can also close the Tree View by clicking on
the “x” in the right corner of the Treeview frame. Reports print out the best
in the Landscape layout. Printing is done through Internet Explorer.

Additionally, you can save the report to your Favorites. Saving a report to your
favorites allows you to recall a particular report you have generated. Saving
to a favorite will save the filter criteria for the report only. When a

 105
 

favorite is loaded, the report is run against the
active database. Therefore, once data is archived, a favorite might become
invalid because the date filter is now not within the active database.

7.6.6.4    Alarm History Report

Below is the Alarm
History Report. The information includes the Time/Date the alarm
became active, the duration of the Alarm, the Description of the alarm
condition, the Area, and the Source of the OPC Input.

Figure 23  Alarm History Report

 106
 

7.6.6.5    Alarm History Graph

In addition to the report page the history graph
allows you to see a trend over time. Hovering over a point shows the alarm
count for that day.

Figure 24 Alarm History Graph

 107
 

7.6.6.6    Alarm History Summary

To see a summary of how often a point has been in
alarm, go to the Alarm History Summary. (å)
On this screen, the alarm count for each point is displayed along with the
point description, area name and source symbol.

Figure 25 Alarm History
Summary

 108

7.6.7       RSCC Sorter Errors

All errors associated with the RSCC are listed on the
Sorter Error History page.

7.6.7.1    Sorter Error History

All errors are listed on the Error History page. The
information includes the time/date the alarm became active, the description of
the alarm condition, the area, and the source of the control network interface
input.

Figure 26   Sorter Error
History

 109
 

7.6.7.2    Sorter Error History Summary

To see a summary of how often a point has been in
error, go to the Error History Summary. (å)
On this screen, the error count for each point is displayed along with the
point description, area name and source symbol.

Figure 27   Sorter Error
History Summary

 110
 

7.6.8       Deliverables

7.6.8.1    The Children’s Place

·                            120
VAC (isolated) 15A service to all server/workstation locations.

·                            120
VAC, 15A to all environmental enclosures (if enclosures provided).

·                            A
drain for condensate from the air conditioning units, on the environmental
enclosures, if required by the customer.

·                            Ethernet
network, including drops to all server/workstation locations.

·                            Dedicated
analog phone line to server location unless VPN access is to be granted.

7.6.8.2    Dematic

The base system includes the
hardware and software for a single GSMi
computer. As an option, extra hardware and software can be purchased to support
additional workstations.

·                            Configuration
of software to represent the conveyor system.

·                            Installation,
setup, and checkout of all server/workstations provided by Dematic.

 111
 

8              Computer Information System

This document is to be used as a method of
communication between The Children’s Place and Dematic, with regard to the
computer architecture and software functionality. An overview of the proposed
system is provided here for review, to ensure an accurate understanding by both
parties. When this proposal is accepted, a Functional Specification document
will be developed, which will contain additional detailed information.

When accepted, the proposed system is expected to be
installed around 7/08.

8.1          Integrated Software System – Proposal
Overview

Dematic proposes to provide an integrated software
system running on an integrated server platform that manages all host
communications, picking directives for both put-to-light and all sortation
functions. To do this, Dematic integrates its standard Dematic IT Suite
software, that is PickDirector®, SortDirector®, and OMS into one harmonized
software system – specifically configured for this site’s operations. The
modular nature of this software provides the Dematic IT suite of software a
common look-and-feel across all system components.

In brief, Dematic proposes the following for The Children’s
Place facility in a Ft. Payne, Alabama:

·                             The
installation of a streamlined picking/sortation integrated computer and
software solution, including a Windows based computer architecture.

·                             A
single interface between The Children’s Place host and the Dematic supplied
software system. This is due to the adroit nature of the Order Management
System (OMS), akin to both PickDirector & SortDirector. OMS processes the
order picking information downloads from the host and determines the carton
destinations within the picking module(s). Message Distributor acts as the
traffic director to route picking order data to PickDirector, and carton
destinations to SortDirector.

·                             The
installation of a new PickDirector pick-to-light system, including 2640 lights
in 240 picking zones.

·                             The
installation of a new SortDirector system, working in conjunction with the
conveyor system. SortDirector is responsible for routing cartons and totes on
the conveyor system and managing information flow between itself, The Children’s
Place Host computer (via OMS), Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), Dematic
RapidSort Controllers (RSCs), print and apply label printers, carton scales,
and all associated scanners.

 112
 

·                             Client/server
based user-friendly operator interface.

·                             Standard
interface to the RSCs.

·                             Standard
interface to the PLCs

·                             Interface
to scanners and printers

·                             Automatic
startup.

·                             Diagnostics
via system logging facilities.

·                             System
error reporting.

·                             Label
lookup and maintenance functions.

·                             View
system operation.

·                             Single
point of control which includes monitoring, access to comprehensive reports and
statistics.

·                             Documentation
and on-site training.

8.1.1       Summary of Main Features

·                             Standard
PC-based architecture, with Order Management System (OMS) OMS and SortDirector
provide the link between the higher-level Host Computer of Warehouse Management
System (WMS) and the lower-level sort controller. OMS provides information on
waves, routes, orders, and carriers (cartons/totes/containers).

·                             Highly
flexible/configurable “out of the box” modular software design Modular
components can be “shared” between products, giving the Director IT suite of
Dematic software a common look-and-feel. Modular component design simplifies
customization and troubleshooting activities. Sharing of components means cost
efficient development and, known reliability.

8.1.2       Computer
Architecture

The following Figure is a sketch of the computer
architecture. Please refer to the LAN requirements section for additional
pertinent information.

 113
 

Figure
28   Computer Architecture

Please refer to Parameters Section regarding LAN
requirements, including network isolation, network security, and service
packs/antivirus protection and regarding grounding and bonding of computer and
communications equipment.

 114
 

OMS serves as the single communication channel between
the host computer and the Dematic supplied picking/routing systems. The
software interface to the Host System may be via file based FTP or
connection-oriented Sockets over TCP/IP.

The details of the host interface functionality are
assumed to be identical to The Children’s Place distribution center in Dayton,
NJ.

8.2          System Deliverables

Dematic provides the following deliverables:

·                            Hardware

·                            Third-party
Software

·                            Dematic
Application Software

·                            Documentation

8.3          SortDirector Overview

8.3.1       Main System Areas

The system can be divided into seven (7) main areas,
which are described in further detail in the sections to follow. The list below
denotes each area and some of the sub areas contained in each.

1.                          The
Receiving Area

·                            Five
(5) Receiving lines

·                            Five
(5) Barcode Scanners and Weight Scales directly attached to SortDirector

2.                          Full
Case

·                            Palletizing
area used to induct full case cartons into system

3.                          Put
Away/SKU Sorter Area

·                            Four
(4) cross-dock lines to shipping sorter

·                            31
Put-Away lines

·                            One
(1) Straight/Recirc line

·                            One
(1) No-Read line

·                            One
(1) Barcode scanner

4.                          Put-To-Light
(PTL)/Tote Sorter

·                            20 PTL
Pack lines

 115
 

·                            One
(1) Straight/Recirc line

·                            One
(1) No-Read line

·                            One
(1) Barcode scanner

5.                          The
Automatic Label Print and Apply Area

·                            4-to-1
saw-tooth merge

·                            Four
(4) Barcode Scanners and 4 Weight Scales directly attached to SortDirector used
for Weight Upload to WMS.

6.                          The
Shipping Area

·                            40
Shipping lines

·                            One
(1) No-Read line

·                            Two
(2) New-Store loops

·                            One
(1) Straight/Recirc line

·                            One
(1) Barcode scanners

The following areas exist, but are not under
SORTDIRECTOR control.

·                             Inbound
Merge Area – sends product towards the Put Away/SKU & Routing sorters

·                             Outbound
Merge Area – sends product towards the print and apply area

·                             The
automatic Label Print and Apply Area

8.3.1.1    Receiving

The receiving system consists of five (5) Receiving
lines and one (1) Slapper line each with an associated single-line side-read
scanner located on the right-hand-side of the conveyor. Each barcode scanner is
attached to a weight scale for a total of six (6) weight scales. The barcode is
an input to the weight scale. The scale transmits both the barcode data and
weight data to the SortDirector over a direct RS422 serial connection.

Cartons arrive with a unique 20 digit Case Number bar
code as well as a four digit Quantity Number. Both of the labels are applied to
the right side of the carton and the front of the carton. When a carton is
unloaded and placed on one of the two receiving lanes, the associated Receiving
Scanner scans the carton for the Case Number and Quantity Number. It is the
responsibility of the barcode scanner to concatenate these two strings together
for transmission to the SortDirector.

 116
 

The SortDirector formats the scanned data into a
DIVERTQUERY message and sends the message to the WMS for notification the case
was received. The WMS then downloads the carton information to the SortDirector
via the DIVERTDIRECTIVE message.

NOTE If the message
from the receiving scanner(s) is a no-read (all zeros) and/or the weight scale
is a no-weight, no message will be uploaded to the WMS. No other action is
taken by the system for no-reads (i.e. the conveyor does not stop). However, as
a result of this, the cartons that encounter a no-read condition on either the
quantity or the carton number barcodes and/or a no-weight at Receiving may be
sent to the Jackpot lane at Put Away/SKU sorter as an Untranslatable (non in
database) if the barcode is successfully read at Put Away/SKU sorter.

The Receiving scanner is not expected to transmit an
ID code to the SortDirector, so the SortDirector will need to know which
communications port labels are received on in order to report the receiving
line the label was scanned.

Table 1 Valid Receiving lane ID’s

	
  Value sent 

  to WMS

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Lane Number

  
	
  R1

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 1a and Receiving lane 1b

  
	
  R2

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 2a and Receiving lane

  
	
  R3

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 3a and Receiving lane 3b

  
	
  R4

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 4a and Receiving lane 4b

  
	
  R5

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 5a and Receiving lane 5b

  
	
  R6

  	
   

  	
  Slapper Line

  

 

8.3.1.2    Put Away/SKU Sorter

The Put Away/SKU sorter consists of 31 Put Away/SKU
lines and 1 Straight/Recirc line. When the carton arrives at the Put Away/SKU
Sorter area it is scanned on the right-hand-side of the carton by the Put
Away/SKU Sorter. The bar code is then sent to the RSC which in turn transmits
the case barcode to the SortDirector. The SortDirector informs the RSC where to
divert the carton based on the data received in the Divert Directive message
from the WMS. Upon verifying that the carton has been diverted, the
SortDirector sends the Divert Confirm message to the WMS.

When the SortDirector receives the unique tracking
number and carton information from the RSC, the SortDirector will take the
appropriate action based on the label information received from the WMS. The
following table describes the possible actions the SortDirector can take for
carton information identified at the Put Away/SKU scanner:

 117
 

Table 2 Put Away/SKU Sorter

	
  Condition

  	
   

  	
  Action

  
	
  The Sort Lane
  assignment is a valid Put Away/SKU Sorter Logical Lane number

  	
   

  	
  The SORTDIRECTOR informs the RSC to divert the
  specified carton to the Logical Put Away/SKU sorter lane.

  
	
  The “Audit/QC” Flag
  is set to “TRUE/YES”

  	
   

  	
  Overrides the sort destination for the carton and
  the carton is routed to the Routing Sorter Audit line via the Put-Away/SKU
  sorter (round-robin diverts 1-3).

  
	
  String is
  anomaly condition (no-read, multi-label, untranslatable/not-in-database)

  	
   

  	
  Carton is routed to the Routing Sorter Audit line
  via the Put Away/SKU (round-robin diverts 1-3).

  

 

NOTE

·                             Cartons
that cannot be diverted due to lane full conditions are re-circulated through
the Put Away/SKU sorter line (divert 36).

·                             When
a carton is diverted to the Jackpot/QC lane because of the QC flag being set,
the SortDirector also clears the QC flag (space it out) so that it will not be
continuously audited.

·                             Weight
checking/validation will take place at PutAway/SKU sorter.

·                             Cartons
destined to the Shipping Sorter merge will use Put Away/SKU Sorter will use the
last four diverts however the SortDirector will send a divert value of 1 to the
RSC. The RSC will process the divert value of 1 knowing that this is the signal
to execute the Round-Robin logic between the last four diverts. The RSC is
responsible for the Round-Robin sortation logic when the SortDirector sends a
value of 1.

8.3.1.3    Put-To-Light/Tote Sorter

The PTL/Tote sorter consists of 20 PTL lines and 1
Straight/Recirc line. A single RSC controls the PTL/Tote inbound sortation.
There is a scanner directly connected to the RSC. The scanner reads the label
on the Tote and sends it to the RSC. The RSC, in turn, sends a Dispatch Request
to the SortDirector. The SortDirector looks up the label in its database. If
the label is found, the SortDirector directs the RSC to divert the tote to the
designated destination.

 118

Table 3 PTL/Tote Sorter

	
  Condition

  	
   

  	
  Action

  
	
  String is
  anomaly condition (no-read, multi-label, untranslatable/not-in-database).

  	
   

  	
  Carton is routed to the PTL reject line (divert 41).

  

 

NOTE

·                  Cartons
that cannot be diverted due to lane full conditions are re-circulated through
the PTL/Tote sorter line.

·                  A tote may only have one destination in the
PTL/Tote area.

·                  Divert
confirmations are sent to the WMS for this area.

8.3.1.4                                   Label
Print and Apply (LPA)

 

The Label Print and Apply area consists of 12 Barcode Scanners and 12
Weight Scales. Of the 12 barcode scanners, all are attached to the RSC system
and are used for Weight Upload to WMS. All scanners are used by the LPA system.
The actual LPA function is not under SortDirector control. Cartons receive a
shipping label by a system under control of The Children’s Place.

NOTE The
weight that is received from the LPA weight scales must be saved in the
SortDirector database as the “Actual Weight” so that weight verification can be
processed at the Shipping Sorter.

8.3.1.5                                   Shipping
Area

 

The shipping area consists of 40 shipping lanes, two New Store loops
and a Straight/Recirc line. Configured with the Shipping sorter is one barcode
scanner. The scanner in Shipping communicates directly to the RSC and transmits
the barcode data to the SortDirector. Both sides of the cartons are scanned for
the 20 Digit Case Number Barcode. The left hand side is scanned for the divert
directive and the right hand scan is the label verification scan.

The scanners can transmit to the RSC two barcodes separated by an
ampersand (“@”), the first being the right side-read (Case Number), ampersand,
then followed by the left side-read (Shipping Number).

8.3.1.5.1                         Rules for
Weight Verification

 

·                  If expected
weight of Zero is downloaded by host for the carton, weight verification is
performed and carton is sent to jackpot.

·                  If expected
weight for the carton is provided by the host, then SortDirector consults the
weight tolerance table for the expected weight and computes the upper and lower
allowable limits. It then checks, if the measured weight

 119
 

is within these computed limits, if not the carton is
diverted to the QC lane (only once for this reason).

·                  If there isn’t
any “actual” weight associated with the carton, the carton should be rejected
as a Weight Check Failure. This condition can occur if the weigh station
scales/scanners do not transmit the data to SortDirector via the direct device
connection. Additionally, for this condition, the carton should continue to be
rejected until there is an actual weight available (this is an exception to the
QC rule of rejecting cartons only one time).

Table 4 Shipping Sorter Label
Verification Logic

	
  Condition

  	
   

  	
  Action

  
	
  Both strings
  transmitted by the scanner are the same.

  	
   

  	
  The SORTDIRECTOR performs a check of the two
  strings. The first 20 character string is compared to the second 20 character
  string. If they match, a lookup is performed in the database for the
  destination for that carton.

  
	
  The two strings
  transmitted by the scanner are non-zero and do not match.

  	
   

  	
  The carton is directed to the Shipping Sorter
  Jackpot line for a label-mismatch anomaly condition

  
	
  If either the
  first or second string transmitted by the scanner is non-zero and the other
  string is all zero’s (no-read).

  	
   

  	
  A lookup is performed in the database for the
  destination for that carton. It is then directed to Jackpot.

  

 

NOTE Sortation logic business rules require that
the Label Verification logic take precedence over the Weight Verification logic.
Weight Verification should only take place once the Label Verification has
determined that both labels match.

The SortDirector looks up the
label in its database and verifies the actual weight (obtained from the LPA
weight scales) against the SortDirector’s configured weight tolerances. If the
label is found and is within weight tolerance the SortDirector directs the RSC
to divert the carton to the designated destination.   If the carton is not within weight
tolerance, the carton will be sorted to the designated weight check failure
lane. If the carton is a no-read the carton will be sorted to the designated
no-read line for the level. If the designated divert is full, the carton will
recirculated.

·                  Label verification will take place at
shipping.

·                  If a carton is rejected for 0 (zero) weight,
the shipping label must be taken off before re-inducting the carton to the
Routing sorter.

NOTE If the carton is rejected at Shipping sorter
for Check-Weight-Failure (out of tolerance), the DIVERTCONFIRM message to WMS
must contain the logical destination of WT, otherwise the WMS will mark the
carton as “shipped”.

 120
 

8.3.2                                             Barcode
Details

 

Cartons with this pre-applied
case number barcode label are expected to be received at the two (2) Receiving
lanes and the Full case lane.

Table 5 Case Barcode Details

	
  Item Description

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Barcode Length
  and format

  	
   

  	
  20 Digits Numeric

  
	
  Information
  contained in the Barcode

  	
   

  	
  Case Number

  
	
  Barcode
  Codification Scheme

  	
   

  	
  Type 128

  
	
  Seen by Scanners

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Scanners, Primary Sorter, Put Away/SKU
  Sorter Scanner

  

 

Figure
29 Pre-applied case number barcode label

Cartons with this pre-applied
quantity barcode label are expected to be received at Receiving lanes.

Table 6 Quantity Barcode
Details

	
  Item Description

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Barcode Length
  and format

  	
   

  	
  4 Digits Numeric

  
	
  Information
  contained in the Barcode

  	
   

  	
  Quantity

  
	
  Barcode
  Codification Scheme

  	
   

  	
  Type 128

  
	
  Seen by Scanners

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Scanners

  

 

The expected format of the
transmitted string from the scanner to SortDirector is:

CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCQQQQLF

Where:

 121
 

CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC is the
Case Number and QQQQ is 4-digit Quantity (e.g.: 10 qty will be sent as 0010)

And:

LF is
Carriage Return and Line Feed

8.3.3                                             Client
Workstation Details

 

Dematic
configures Terminal Services clients connecting to the server with access
strictly to an instance of the DirectorITTM user interface shell running on the
server. When the client logs in, the user is restricted only to the DirectorITTM
application. The user has no access to any system functions and can neither by
design or unintentionally reconfigure or reboot the application server from his
client session. The client is further restricted by the application login as to
what menu options are and are not accessible. Terminal Service sessions can
also be configured for timeout by user. The server would automatically terminate
client sessions that have set idle for X duration.

NOTE Computer workstations and/or related client
hardware/software is not provided by Dematic as part of this project. All
client workstations will be configured and run from The Children’s Place computers.

In order for the client
workstations to access the Dematic DirectorITTM server, the client computers
require Microsoft Operating Systems of either Windows 2000 configured with
Terminal Services or Windows XP Professional configured with Remote Desktop.
The client computers must also have network access to the Dematic DirectorITTM
computer.

8.4                                                       PickDirector Overview

8.4.1                                             Operator
Procedure

 

Inbound totes will be
delivered to the appropriate put module by the conveyor system and must be
grabbed by the operators of each of the zones for processing.

1.                           An operator logs into the zone using the hand
held scanner and their personal identification barcode.

2.                           The operator scans one of the inbound tote
IDs.

a.               If any of the stores that have requirements
from that tote, do not have a store carton assigned the MaxiPick will light
with the word FILL. The operator will scan a new carton and press the OK button
of the corresponding MaxiPick or scan the location barcode. The process is
repeated for all the FILL messages. (The POPULATE ALL barcode can also be used
to fill any unassigned locations prior to inducting and inbound tote. All
unassigned locations will be prompted with FILL

 122
 

messages. The operator scans an outbound carton and
presses the OK button on the MaxiPick or scans the location barcode to marry
the carton.)

b.              PickDirector then lights the
appropriate lights/quantities for each store location in the zone that must be
filled from this inbound tote.

c.               PickDirector also displays the tote ID and
total number of stores requiring puts on each BayDisplay in the zone.

d.              If the inbound tote has no work in the zone an
appropriate message will be displayed to instruct the operator to pass the tote
to a zone that has work.

3.                           The
operator picks the product from the tote and places the specified amount in one
of the store cartons with a lit MaxiPick. The operator informs PickDirector
that the fill is complete by one of the following methods:

a.               NORMAL: Pressing the “OK” button to indicate
that the put is complete and the store carton is not full.

b.              NEW CARTON WITH PARTIAL PUT: Decrementing the
quantity and pressing the “Action” button, followed by the “OK” button to
indicate that the tote is full, but all puts for the store from the inbound
tote could not fit into the outbound carton (another carton is needed). NCAR
will be displayed on the MaxiPick for a brief moment to indicate that a new
carton is needed.

1)  PickDirector
turns off all the lights in the zone and waits for the operator to push out the
full store carton.

2)  The
operator will be directed to scan a new carton ID and place it in the store
slot.

3)  PickDirector
lights any remaining quantity for the store that could not be put into the
previous carton. Any other stores requiring puts from that tote will also
relight.

e.               SHORT: Supervisor approval is required to
perform a short. In the event there are not enough products to fill the
requirement an operator must inform a supervisor. The supervisor decrements the
quantity on the MaxiPick to the quantity put and then scans a special ‘Short’
barcode to indicate that there are not enough products to complete the put
operation.

4)              PickDirector extinguishes all lights in the
zone and shorts the requirements for each store.

4.                           The
operator continues step 3 until all store puts are complete for the inbound
tote.

a.               PickDirector will display the word “COMPLETE”
if the inbound tote is supposed to be empty, otherwise PickDirector will
display the word “PASS” to the next zone.

 123
 

5.                           The
operator passes the inbound tote to the next zone if instructed to “PASS”. If
the tote is empty and “COMPLETE” is displayed the operator will handle the tote
appropriately.

6.                           The
operator continues at step 2 until all inbound totes have been processed.

7.                           The
operator can close outbound store cartons by one of the following methods.

a.               The operator can swap the carton when it
becomes full by using the New Carton process outlined above (NCAR). This method
is probably preferred if the operator want to perform a partial put. If the
quantity required is 5, but only 3 will fit in the box, using the NCAR method
the operator can decrement to quantity to 3, swap the container, and put the
remaining 2 in the next carton. OR

b.              The operator can swap the carton when it
becomes full by scanning the location barcode, pushing out the full carton, and
scanning a new carton. No partial put can be done.

c.               The operator can scan the “Close All” barcode.
This will light all the store locations with CLOS even if they have remaining
requirements. The operator can close all locations or can choose specific
locations, confirming each action by pressing the “OK” button on the MaxiPick.
If the operator only chooses to close specific locations the “End Operation”
barcode can be scanned to exit the function.

NOTE At
any time during the put process, the put operator may suspend the operation by
scanning the “Suspend” barcode. The delivery tote may once again be scanned to
resume the put process for those items that have not been completed.

8.4.1.1                                   Reconfirm Last Put

 

At any time after a put has
been made to a given location, but prior to the next SKU being put at the same
location, an operator can relight the last put quantity simply by pressing the
OK button. This procedure would be invoked when an operator needs to re-verify
a put quantity after it has already been acknowledged at the pick face by
pushing the “OK” button.

8.4.1.2                                   Audit Last Put in Zone

 

At any time after the last
tote has been processed in a zone, but prior to the next tote being inducted in
the zone, and operator can audit the last tote. The operator scans the “Audit
Last Order” barcode and all locations that had puts from the previous tote will
relight with the quantity to be put. Operators can then verify the contents of
the outbound containers against the re-lit quantities. No changes can be made
to the quantities confirmed to PickDirector. Operators can add or remove items
from outbound cartons, but the quantity confirmed to PickDirector will not be
updated. Once the operator is satisfied with the audit

 124
 

they scan the “Cancel” barcode to exit the function. To continue
operations the operator scans the next inbound tote.

NOTE  While auditing, an operator may find more of a
SKU in an outbound container than is lit on the MaxiPick. This product would
have been put from a different inbound container than the one being audited.

8.4.1.3                                   Zone Changing via Scanner

During operation an operator
may decide to increase or decrease the size of their zone depending on
workload. The operator can adjust the size of their zone by scanning a “1 Zone”,
“2 Zone”, or “3 Zone” barcode. The zones will automatically resize to a
predetermined configuration per aisle. In order to use this functionality,
neighboring zones must be logged out.

8.4.2                                             Email
Notification

System Hardware will be
configured to automatically email notifications when specific conditions
warrant. Conditions include devices not online and shorted orders. It is
required that the email system supports Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) to
accommodate this customization.

8.4.3                                             Barcodes

The following barcodes are
required to commission, test and operate the system after Go Live.

All input barcodes must be
alphanumeric, five characters in length and begin with ‘C’. The following are
codes for the operations listed:

	
  Operation

  	
   

  	
  Code

  
	
  Operator Login

  	
   

  	
  Any Value

  
	
  Operator Log Out

  	
   

  	
  C1001

  
	
  Suspend

  	
   

  	
  C1003

  
	
  Cancel Operation

  	
   

  	
  C1191

  
	
  End Operation

  	
   

  	
  C1195

  
	
  Populate All

  	
   

  	
  C2022

  
	
  Close All

  	
   

  	
  C2030

  
	
  Short

  	
   

  	
  C2012

  
	
  Audit Last Tote
  in Zone

  	
   

  	
  C2041

  
	
  Carton at
  Location

  	
   

  	
  C2040

  

 

 125
 

8.4.4                                             Quality
Assurance

As totes are routed out of
the put module, a random number of the totes determined by the host will be
routed to an audit divert. If desired a client workstation provided by The
Children’s Place can be used to query the contents of any outbound shipping
container. The query will display both the required and actual quantity of each
SKU in the container as well as the date and time of when the SKU was put and
the operator logged into the zone at the time each SKU was put.

Query input to the tote
lookup screen can either by the keyboard or by a keyboard wedge scanner. No
changes can be made to the query results.

8.4.5                                             Client
Access

For client access System
Hardware supports the use of Microsoft Terminal Services. The base System
Hardware install allows for 2 simultaneous client connections.

Any windows client can be set
up to access the System Hardware user interface by using the terminal services
portal. This includes hard network connected workstations as well as RF connected
windows based PDA type devices and tablet PCs. For RF connected devices, a
tablet PC is better suited for display of the System Hardware GUI   Though there is nothing prohibiting the
running of the System Hardware GUI on a PDA size display, sliding and scrolling
of the screens may be required to access all of the available screen data and
controls.

It is the responsibility of
The Children’s Place to provide any System Hardware client hardware.

8.4.6                                             Database
Access

System Hardware uses MSSQL for its underlying database. Read only
access to the PickDirector database will be granted to The Children’s Place. It
is the responsibility of The Children’s Place personnel to familiarize
themselves with the System Hardware Database table and index structure in order
to create custom SQL database queries. Dematic is not responsible for any
performance degradation of the system due to the influence of The Children’s
Place generated query against the System Hardware database.

 126
 

8.5                                                       Project Parameters

8.5.1                                             LAN
Requirements

Each computer and each device
requires a unique The Children’s Place supplied IP address. The LAN utilizes
the TCP/IP protocol running on Category 5E (or above) network cabling according
to ANSI/EIA/TIA and NFPA-70 standards. The Children’s Place is to provide all
LAN drops and test each drop for all of the normal parameters, including DC
loop resistance, continuity, length, attenuation, near-end cross-talk (NEXT),
return loss, equal level far-end cross-talk (ELFEXT), propagation delay/delay
skew, attenuation to cross-talk ratio (ACR), etc. The interface point is the
media interface on the end of the Ethernet cabling with a CAT5E or better
connector. This connection point must be within 3’-0” of the usage point.

8.5.1.1                                   Network Isolation

The Dematic network must be
isolated from The Children’s Place business network in order to provide
security and manage network traffic effectively.

Dematic recommends that each
device be connected to a separate port on an Ethernet switch, so as to isolate
collision domains and maximize system performance. Please refer to the Computer
Architecture diagram. Isolation is achieved by creating a separate LAN for the
Dematic supplied systems. In this example, each of the Dematic supplied servers
(primary and backup) is equipped with two NICs. One of the NICs is connected to
LAN A (The Children’s Place business network), and the other is connected to
LAN B (Isolated LAN for Dematic systems). This arrangement disallows any
traffic from LAN A to be broadcast on LAN B, and visa versa. Note that
isolation of one network from the other may be accomplished by utilizing a VLAN
capable switch or switches.

With this arrangement, all
The Children’s Place network traffic is blocked except what is explicitly
permitted to/from the Dematic provided servers, i.e. host downloads/uploads.

Implementing systems without
isolation such as the method described above compromises the warranty, and does
not allow Dematic to control/limit the congestion on its network segment. The
added congestion and security risk may interfere with the system design,
impeding the operation of the system and Dematic’ ability to effectively
support the system as designed.

Ultimately, The Children’s
Place is to be responsible for network isolation as outlined above.

 127
 

8.5.1.2                                   Network Security

The Children’s Place is
responsible for managing all network security in terms of prevention,
detection, and response.

Network security may include
(but is not limited to): physical security, packet screening; vulnerabilities;
firewalls; authentication; authorization, and other security issues that may
potentially impose risks or threats.

8.5.1.3                                   Service Packs and Antivirus
Protection

Operating systems running on
Dematic supplied computers contain the most recent service packs available at the
time of software development. Dematic supplied servers and computers also
include antivirus software. The antivirus software is up to date and actively
running on the computer at the inception of installation. After inception,
there are no additional service packs or antivirus patches installed, unless
specifically arranged by mutual agreement between The Children’s Place and
Dematic.

The warranty provided by
Dematic for the installed computer/software system does not apply to any
failure that may be caused by vulnerabilities in the operating system, nor does
the warranty apply to any attack on the system due to a virus, worm, or other
intrusion.

Ultimately, The Children’s Place is responsible for service packs and
antivirus protection.

 128

8.5.2               Grounding and
Bonding of Computer and Communications Equipment

Lightening strikes,
electrical power faults, and other transients can cause serious damage to
computer and telecommunications equipment if ground loops exist and proper
grounding and bonding rules are not applied.

8.5.2.1            Grounding and Bonding Defined

“Grounding” refers to
electrically connecting equipment to the earth via the electrical service
ground, ground rods, and/or other methods. “Bonding” refers to the equalization
of ground points between two or more points – such as between two pieces of
equipment, or between a particular piece of equipment and the building’s steel
structure.

8.5.2.2            Electrical Grounding vs.
Computer Equipment Grounding/Bonding

The purpose of grounding in
power systems is to protect people and equipment, while the purpose of
grounding and bonding in computer systems is to protect not only people and
equipment, but also delicate signals in high speed communications. Each of
these systems has specific requirements. Both systems must be installed
acceptably and functioning properly, in accordance with national and local
electrical codes and also ANSI/TIA/EIA 602 codes and standards. The appropriate
ground bus blocks, bonding conductors, connectors, etc. in and between all
Dematic supplied racks, enclosures, cabinets, and equipment where
communications between subsystems takes place must be installed.

8.5.2.3            Principles Behind
Communications Bonding

The majority of distribution
center building structures today already have low overall impedance and a
lightning protection system to safely conduct direct lightning strikes to
ground. However, due to ground loops, significant differences in ground
potentials can exist throughout a building during electrical transients. Additional
bonding conductors are an effective way to improve marginal situations,
especially in buildings that lack an effective overall bonded structure.

A ground loop creates a
current across conductors when a difference in potential exists between two
grounded points. An example would be two ground points in two separate
buildings connected by the same data line. In this scenario, there is a
difference in voltage potential between the two points. Current flows through
the cable from the higher voltage to the lower voltage. If the voltage
potential is large enough, the equipment is not able to handle the excess
voltage and one or more parts may be damaged, sometimes severely. Ground loops
cannot be tested. Unfortunately, it cannot be known that they exist until a
vital component fails.

 129
 

If continuous structural
steel already exists nearby along the same path, there may be little actual
improvement. But even in this case, a certain assurance is gained by having
explicit bonding conductors that can be verified by inspection.

Building Industry Consulting
Services International (BICSI®) outlines three
of the most important scientific principles behind communications bonding
conductors. They are as follows:

1.               Equalization: Potentials between different ground points are very dependent on the
impedance between them. Ground equalization improves because the additional
bonding lowers the impedance between different ground points. The shortest and
most direct path using large conductors provides low impedance (both resistive
and inductive). Multiple conductors or wide strips provide even lower
impedance.

2.               Diversion: Because the bonding conductor follow the communications cable and is
directly connected to system grounds at each end, electrical transients that
are forced down the cable path may be diverted (carried) by the bonding
conductor and less likely to influence the communications conductors.

3.               Coupling: The closer the bonding conductor is to the communications cable, the
greater the mutual electromagnetic coupling. During electrical transients, this
coupling tends to partially cancel the transient when it reaches the
communications equipment at the end.

Each of these three effects
is achieved in varying degrees, depending on a wide range of factors. It is
often difficult to predict or measure specific results, but any combination of
all three is usually beneficial to computer and communications equipment.

Plainly, the only guard
against equipment failure due to lightening strikes and power faults is
prevention.

8.5.3               Example - Grounding
and Bonding of Dematic Systems

The following Figure is a
basic sketch of a properly grounded and bonded sortation system. In this
scenario, the sortation system consists of a computer rack (or environmental
enclosure) and a Dematic RapidSORT Controller (RSC). This concept may be
applied to many other applications wherever computer and/or communications
equipment chassis, enclosures, and cabinets are involved.

 130
 

Figure
30                Sketch of Grounding and Bonding of Computer
Rack/Enclosure and RSC

8.5.3.1            Responsibilities

8.5.3.1.1          The
Children’s Place’s Responsibilities

·                  Ensure
the integrity of the electrical service ground. This may require the services
of a licensed electrician and may involve testing.

·                  Ensure
appropriate grounding and lightening protection for telecommunications circuits
(phone lines), network infrastructure, and serial communications systems in
accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA 602 standards.

·                  Specifically,
bond all pertinent cabinets, racks, and equipment to the grounding electrode
system (equipment to electrical service ground, equipment to structural steel,
and equipment to equipment) utilizing the appropriate bus bars, approved
connectors, and #6 AWG copper stranded cable (wire jacket must be green in
color).

·                  Note:
Direct attachment to the closest point in the building’s electrical service
grounding electrode system is preferred because the communications systems are
powered from that service and

 131
 

communications cabling and
power cabling must be effectively equalized (Ref.: NEC 80-40).

·                  Clean all pertinent copper and copper alloy
connections (bolt/crimp connectors, clamps, or lugs), and coat with antioxidant
prior to connection.

8.5.3.1.2          Dematic
Responsibilities

·                  Provide
proper grounding bars and lugs in all Dematic supplied racks, enclosures,
and/or cabinets.

·                  Assess
the site for proper grounding and bonding of all equipment during the
commissioning period and prior to system acceptance.

8.5.3.2            Grounding and Bonding
References

Following is a list of
pertinent topics and their associated references. Copies of the National
Electrical Code (NEC) code book and information on other standards may be
obtained locally at any electrical supply house in most U.S. cities):

·                  Lightening
Protection System (ANSI/NFPA 780)

·                  Grounding
Electrode system (NEC Article 250 Part H, NEC 350-54, & NEC 250-71b)

·                  Electrical
Bonding and Grounding (NEC 250)

·                  Electrical
Power Protection (NEC, Chapter 2)

·                  Communications
Bonding and Grounding (ANSI/NFPA 780, NEC 250, NEC 800-40, and

ANSI/TIA/EIA-607)

·                  Telecommunications
Circuit Protectors (NEC 800C, UL 497)

·                  Specific
Equipment Grounding (NEC 250-45, NEC 250-59)

 132
 

9                      Proposal Specifications

9.1                  General

1.               This Proposal is presented as a total package
and, with the exception of any proposed options, must be purchased as such.

2.               Dematic in no event shall be liable for
incidental or consequential damages (including loss of profits).

3.               The Children’s Place will approve and return
Dematic’s approval documents within a reasonable time such that the project
schedule can be maintained without delay.

4.               The concept, design, and drawings for standard
and specially fabricated or modified equipment will remain the property of
Dematic. Dematic will provide assembly level drawings, including a bill of
material, for specially fabricated equipment and Dematic’s standard
service/parts manual pages for standard equipment. Detail drawings of
weldments, sub-assemblies or individual components are proprietary and will not
be provided.

5.               Only those items listed in the specific
equipment lists in this Proposal will be provided. All other items are presumed
to be provided by The Children’s Place.

6.               A recommended spare parts list for the
equipment under this Proposal will be furnished to The Children’s Place prior
to Commissioning. This will allow The Children’s Place to select and purchase
spare parts early enough for the spare parts to be on-site for the
commissioning process. This spare parts list will include:

a.               Item Number

b.              Item Description

c.               Manufacturer

d.              Part Number

e.               Price

f.                 Recommended Inventory Quantity

7.               Unless otherwise noted, Dematic has priced
this project with the intent to utilize The Children’s Place’s purchased spare
parts on an as needed basis during the commissioning phase. Dematic will
document all spare parts consumed, and will replenish these parts as quickly as
possible.

8.           CAD Drawings are included in this Proposal.

 133
 

9.               This Proposal does include travel to the site
by the Dematic Software Engineers. The software portion of the project is expected
to be performed in-house and commissioned by way of modem.

10.         Dematic will provide Maintenance and Operation documentation for the
equipment installed by Dematic under this Proposal.

11.         Full service maintenance of equipment, commencing with the operation of
a portion or all of the equipment, is not included in this Proposal but can be
quoted separately.

12.         Only those work stations, catwalks, platforms, or crossovers specified
in this Proposal are included.

13.         Fork truck barriers to protect the equipment from damage are not
included in this Proposal.

14.         This Proposal includes only those interfaces with other equipment
specifically noted.

9.2                  The Children’s Place
Deliverables

The Children’s Place is
responsible for the following:

1.               Immediate availability of a Project Engineer /
Manager authorized to represent The Children’s Place, such that the project
schedule may be maintained through the duration of the project.

2.               All necessary federal, state, and local
government licenses, taxes, permits, and fees as may be required. If required,
The Children’s Place is responsible for the costs associated with Dematic
obtaining the PE stamp of approval.

3.               Ample product for system testing during the
installation, commissioning, and testing periods. The Children’s Place will
have the equipment and Personnel available, as required, to handle the loading
and off-loading of product to the conveyor system. Also, The Children’s Place
will have fork trucks and Personnel available, as required, to bring product
from its final destination back to its loading point during the installation
testing phase.

NOTE   A large quantity of product may be necessary, based upon the final
system design, system rate, accessibility, etc.

4.               Staging of all loads prior to testing which is
to include product labeling (machine and/or human-readable).

5.               Unique barcode ID’s for all totes and cartons.

6.               Training classrooms.

7.               Secure storage for backup media.

 134
 

10                   Safety

10.1                Mutual Commitment to Safety

Dematic and The Children’s Place recognize that accidents can be
reduced by following safe practices in the design, construction, installation,
operation, and maintenance of the equipment. Therefore, in a mutual effort to
minimize the possibility of accidents, Dematic and The Children’s Place agree
as follows:

1.                           Dematic furnished equipment will be
designed, manufactured, and installed under the guidance of the appropriate
ANSI/ASME Standards. Likewise, The Children’s Place will apply appropriate
ANSI/ASME Standards as they incorporate user instructions into their
operations, and will enforce these operating standards and instructions. In
particular, The Children’s Place will place into standard operating procedure
those instructions contained within the Dematic supplied Conveyor Safety
Guidelines Form Number 5100 (9/02).

2.                           When Dematic provides on-site installation
services, Dematic will provide operational and maintenance instructions and
training prior to the completion of Commissioning. The Children’s Place will
provide the appropriate Operational and Maintenance Personnel for such
instructions and training. The Children’s Place will retain a record of
attendees.

3.                           Dematic will provide written instructions
relating to the safe use of the equipment. These materials will include such
items as manuals, safety instructions, posters, user instructions, etc. The
Children’s Place will make such instructions available on a continuous basis to
its Operational and Maintenance Personnel.

4.                           The Children’s Place will periodically conduct
safety programs, as required, to keep its Operational and Maintenance
Personnel, including new hires, constantly knowledgeable with respect to the
safe use of the equipment.

5.                           The Children’s Place will maintain a dress
code which requires all Personnel around the equipment to wear hair protection
(or short hair), snug fitting clothes and heavy duty work shoes. The wearing of
tennis shoes, baggy cuffs, neckties, jewelry and similar apparel will not be
permitted. Hard hats will be worn where Personnel could be subjected to injury
because of obstructions or falling objects.

6.                           The Children’s Place will provide man lifts,
platforms or similar devices for the safe maintenance servicing of elevated
equipment where catwalks, platforms or similar means of access are not
provided.

 135
 

10.2                OSHA Lockout / Tagout Rules

NOTE  An important note to The Children’s Place.

On August 28, 1989, the U.S.
Department of Labor amended the Occupational Safety and Health Standards to
incorporate lockout / tagout requirements. This standard applies to most employers
and covers, among other things, “the servicing and maintenance of machines and
equipment in which the unexpected energization or start-up of the machines or
equipment...could cause injury to employee.” The standard states that servicing
and maintenance covers various workplace activities including “lubrication,
cleaning or un-jamming of machines or equipment...where the employee may be
exposed to the unexpected energization or start-up of the equipment.....”

In Dematic’s opinion, this
standard applies to most workplaces utilizing powered conveyor. Dematic is
bringing this to the attention of The Children’s Place in the event The
Children’s Place is not aware of the standard. Dematic urges The Children’s
Place to review the applicability and requirements of the standard with respect
to The Children’s Place’s facilities. In general, the standard requires
employers to establish an ongoing program of control procedures and employee
training (regardless of training provided by the equipment vendor at the time
of sale) to ensure that equipment is rendered inoperative before any servicing
or maintenance is performed.

The referenced standard (as
may be amended) can be found at 29 CFR Part 1910, Section 1910.147; it was
published in the Federal Register, Volume 54, No. 169 on September 1, 1989.
Also, copies may be requested from the Dematic Contracts Administration
Department. This and other pertinent OSHA safety standards may be found at WWW.osha.gov.

 136
 

11                   Service Support

Dematic offers a complete
range of services to meet The Children’s Place’s needs - from Emergency Service
to comprehensive Resident Maintenance Programs. Service options are also
available within each service support offering, to tailor the product to best
meet The Children’s Place’s specific needs. Material handling system services
are one of Dematic’s most important core competencies and have been for
decades. This extensive background enables Dematic to provide the highest
quality services at competitive prices.

Dematic includes basic service
and support as part of every system it sells and installs. These services are
designed to make the beginning stages of system start-up and operation simple
and efficient for The Children’s Place. The Dematic Service and Support group
can help The Children’s Place by answering technical questions, providing
training for Operators and Maintenance Staff, and by helping The Children’s
Place ensure that the Material Handling system is being properly maintained.
The services included with a new Dematic material handling system are:

·                              Initial
Spare Parts Set-up

·                              Initial
Operator and Maintenance Training

·                              Technical
Documentation and E-Manuals

·                              1
Year of 24/7 Technical Phone Support

·                              1
Year Technical Phone Support Monthly Call Log

·                              1
Year Technical Phone Support Annual Call Analysis Report

·                              16
Hours of On-site Engineering Support during the 1-year Warranty Period (Can be
used for Launch Support, Preventive Maintenance, Assessments, or Training.)

 137
 

11.1                Additional Optional Services
Available from Dematic

The programs outlined below
can be offered as options to the base system.

11.1.1             Extended Technical
Phone Support

Technical Phone Support is
available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and is a critical support service
available from Dematic. The Dematic support desk, also known as the Uptime
Center, is staffed by qualified Dematic Personnel, not call center operators.
These Engineers are knowledgeable experts in the fields of mechanical,
electrical, and software applications as they apply to Dematic integrated systems.
They have comprehensive knowledge of material handling systems and access to
The Children’s Place’s Material Handling system CAD drawings and Operation and
Maintenance manuals. This allows Dematic to troubleshoot a wide variety of
problems over the phone (over 95% of issues are resolved by phone
annually).

NOTE  During
the original warranty period, Dematic’s Technical Telephone Support (1-800-530-9153)
is available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, at no charge. After the
warranty period expires this same high quality support can be continued through
a separate support agreement.

11.1.2             Spare and Replacement
Parts

To keep Material Handling
Systems operating at peak efficiency it is important to replace worn parts with
high quality replacements. Dematic uses only top-of-the-line parts. Each part
must meet or surpass a series of critical performance standards. With
high-quality Dematic replacement parts installed, The Children’s Place should
realize longer equipment life, optimized uptime, greater efficiency, maximum
productivity, and lower overall life-cycle cost.

Dematic stocks more than
25,000 spare parts in its world-class distribution center, with same-day
shipping on most parts. Customers can order parts by phone, fax, EDI or online,
24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

11.1.3             Remote System
Monitoring

Remote System Monitoring is a
proactive and predictive maintenance program where Dematic Engineers
periodically monitor The Children’s Place’s system operating characteristics
from a remote location and review error reports using sophisticated
visualization software.

If any deviations are
detected, Dematic will contact The Children’s Place so that corrective action
can be taken. If issues, trends or potential problems are becoming evident,
Dematic will proactively alert The Children’s Place so that

 138
 

corrective measures can be
taken to avoid serious problems that could affect system uptime and
performance.

Dematic will review error
logs and faults such as photoeye malfunctions, servo belt errors, scale and
scanner issues, and product “no reads”. Dematic will then suggest a course of
action to help remedy the problem to avoid future occurrences. Remote System
Monitoring also allows us to more accurately analyze system data and measure
overall system performance using a variety of KPIs (Key Performance
Indicators).

11.1.4             Preventive
Maintenance

Correctly performed routine
Preventive Maintenance (PM) has been proven to maximize system life,
significantly reduce total maintenance costs and dramatically increase system uptime.
This program helps provides Return-on-Investment for The Children’s Place’s
maintenance dollars by balancing the cost of preventive maintenance against the
cost of unscheduled repairs and downtime.

When performing preventive
maintenance, Dematic Technicians follow a detailed checklist of tasks specific
to each equipment type. Components are inspected, tested, lubricated or
adjusted to help ensure quality performance. Any equipment found in need of
repair or replacement parts is identified and included in a summary report.

Preventive Maintenance work
is scheduled at set intervals throughout the year and at a pre-determined cost.
It is completed by Dematic Technicians who are specifically trained to keep The
Children’s Place’s system in top mechanical and electrical condition. PM
programs are scheduled ahead of time, and since the cost is fixed it is easy to
fit into The Children’s Place’s maintenance budget.

11.1.5             Emergency Service

Dematic maintains a staff of
Service Personnel who are on-call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. These
professionals are highly skilled at solving mechanical, electrical and software
problems, and are strategically located across the country. Dematic Service
Personnel are equipped with service vehicles and the tools and equipment
necessary to diagnose any The Children’s Place problems quickly and make
repairs efficiently. This helps ensure that The Children’s Place’s system is
back online with minimal downtime.

11.1.6             On-Site Support

The On-Site Support service
program at Dematic provides a team of trained Mechanical and/or Electrical
Technicians at The Children’s Place’s site – usually on a short-term basis – to
perform specific technical maintenance or training activities. On-Site Support
Technicians can help during system launch, a major

 139
 

system overhaul, or to help
The Children’s Place establish a site-specific maintenance program. This team
of skilled professionals provides technical support, preventive, corrective,
and emergency maintenance, and general troubleshooting, as needed, on a daily
basis.

Since these individuals are
fully trained experts in Dematic systems, they can also provide hands-on
training to The Children’s Place operational staff to help ensure peak system
performance. The Children’s Place staff is given the opportunity to observe and
participate in the regular maintenance of the The Children’s Place system.
Dematic Technicians can also assist The Children’s Place staff in periods of
special need, such as emergency shutdown and start-up.

Team size and composition can
be tailored to meet The Children’s Place’s specific maintenance and budget
objectives. This customized program helps create superior support and
exceptional system reliability.

11.1.7                                      Customer
Training

Properly trained Maintenance
and Operational staff members are a key factor in maintaining optimum system
performance. Training programs are available as individually tailored, on-site
classroom and equipment instruction taught by the company that designed and
engineered The Children’s Place’s individual system.

Dematic’s training approach
is different from other companies in that it integrates individual performance
into The Children’s Place’s business goals. The training goes beyond
demonstrations in starting, stopping, and maintaining equipment. It goes beyond
tightening a belt, adjusting a drive chain or replacing a pulley and looks at
the full system. Dematic reviews product flow and explains how system
performance affects productivity which, in turn, affects The Children’s Place’s
internal customers, both upstream and downstream. It places emphasis on how The
Children’s Place’s material handling system profoundly impacts its business.
Dematic training systems are based on these principles:

·                  Business
goals, such as increased system uptime, reduced costs, and improved
productivity, are reviewed to help ensure that each staff person clearly
understands his/her role and how their job affects the end-result

·                  Learning
is tightly linked to desired business outcomes

·                  Each
person has numerous opportunities to participate in exercises and hands-on
activities

11.1.8                                      Resident
Maintenance Programs

Resident Maintenance Programs
provide for The Children’s Place to contract with Dematic for custom, on-site
maintenance services for The Children’s Place’s system. This program provides
for optimization of The Children’s Place’s system

 140
 

by weighing preventive
maintenance costs against the cost of unscheduled repairs and downtime. A team
of professional Dematic Technicians will work full-time at The Children’s Place’s
site to provide mechanical and electrical system support. This support can be
geared for preventive, predictive, corrective, and emergency maintenance, as
well as troubleshooting on a regular basis.

The number of employees,
number of hours worked, job requirements, and scheduling will be tailored to
meet The Children’s Place’s requirements. Resident Technicians can be provided
for work in accordance with The Children’s Place’s scheduling. The contract can
be designed to provide any level of operations or maintenance that The Children’s
Place needs to meet its operational objectives.

Resident Maintenance
professionals can be provided to operate equipment, provide routine,
corrective, or emergency maintenance as needed, and to troubleshoot The
Children’s Place’s system as necessary. They can also be provided to help
monitor and maintain material flow throughout the system, and help to ensure
that productivity goals are met.

Dematic’s Resident
Maintenance Teams provide the best Material Handling contract maintenance
services available today. They possess the knowledge, experience, maintenance
procedures, tools, and equipment needed to help give The Children’s Place’s
operation a competitive advantage. Dematic aligns its maintenance practices
with The Children’s Place’s business goals. This means Dematic tracks and
measures all maintenance costs including labor, down time, and spare parts
usage to help improve throughput and efficiency while helping lower the total
cost of operation.

11.1.9                                      Extended
Warranties

Dematic offers a variety of
extended warranty programs that extend a new system warranty in yearly
increments for parts and/or labor. Extended warranties can be limited to parts
replacement only or can be custom tailored to meet the specific needs of The Children’s
Place’s operation such as seasonal coverage or hostile environment coverage.

 141

12           System Pricing

12.1        Base System

The
following prices are provided for the Hardware and Engineering Services as
described in Dematic Proposal 103522. The prices and the acceptance of this
Agreement by Dematic are contingent upon performing the work under Proposal
103522 in conjunction with the Dematic Proposal Number 104846 dated
2006-September-27 and execution by The Children’s Place of the Agreement for
Dematic Proposal Number 104846 dated 2006-September-27.

The
price for the performance of Dematic work described in this Proposal is as
follows:

	
  Base System Price

  	
  Total

  	
   

  	
  $11,809,725

  	
   

  

 

12.2        Pricing Notes

Above
pricing does not include building permits, installation permits, or other
project permits or fees. All permits and fees are the responsibility of The
Children’s Place.

All
options are priced to be purchased with the Base System.

Above
pricing does not include any sales, use, excise, or similar taxes - these are
the responsibility of The Children’s Place. If The Children’s Place is tax
exempt, an appropriate tax exemption certificate must be provided within 60
days of order.

Notwithstanding
any of the above, within thirty (30) days of signing the Agreement the
Purchaser shall have the right to terminate the Agreement upon written notice
to Dematic. In the event of such termination, Purchaser shall pay Dematic the
reasonable value of the equipment and services already provided to Purchaser.

All
prices are in U.S. dollars.

NOTE  Commodity Pricing Fluctuations – The metals
(steel, aluminum, and copper) to be provided for this project were priced at
rates in effect as of the date of this Proposal. Because of the volatility of
market prices, any changes in the prices for these commodities from the date of
this Proposal to the date on which Dematic ships the equipment, will be charged
at “price in effect” on the date of shipment to the installation site. Price
adjustments shall be made based upon

 142
 

the
changes in the following published price indicators: (1) Steel – Nucor Steel’s
price list and surcharges, (2) Aluminum – London Metal Exchange, (3) Copper – London
Metal Exchange, which may result in an added charge or credit to The Children’s
Place.

12.3        Delivery and Shipping Terms

Delivery
and Shipping Terms for the equipment shall be: F.O.B. Destination, Freight
Prepay and Add.

12.4        Export Laws and Regulations

The
Children’s Place acknowledges that Dematic is required to comply with
applicable export laws and regulations relating to the sale, exportation,
transfer, assignment, disposal and usage of the work/equipment/services
provided under the Contract, including any export license requirements. The
Children’s Place agrees that such work/equipment/services shall not at any time
directly or indirectly be used, exported, sold, transferred, assigned or
otherwise disposed of in a manner which will result in non-compliance with such
applicable export laws and regulations. It shall be a condition of the
continuing performance by Dematic of its obligations hereunder that compliance
with such export laws and regulations be maintained at all times.

The
Children’s Place agrees to indemnify and hold Dematic harmless from any and all
costs, liabilities, penalties, sanctions and fines related to non-compliance
with applicable export laws and regulations that are caused by The Children’s
Place’s negligent actions.

12.5        Payment Terms

Dematic
agrees to submit invoices and The Children’s Place agrees to pay invoices in
accordance with the invoice and payment schedule shown below. All payments
shall be made payable net 30 days from invoice date, at the address indicated
on the Dematic invoice.

A
late payment charge of five one-hundredths of one percent (.05) per day (18
percent annum, based upon a 360-day year) will be added to any amount not
received by Dematic on or before the invoice payment date indicated on the
payment schedule. Where this rate exceeds a maximum rate permitted by
applicable law, the permissible rate will apply.

If this Agreement
provides for Dematic to install the Equipment, the final invoice, per the
invoice and payment schedule, may be held by The Children’s Place as retainer.
The Children’s Place will pay the retainer (final invoice) amount within thirty
(30) days after Dematic completion of Installation Commissioning. However,
should there be a dispute about the completion of the Installation

 143
 

Commissioning,
then The Children’s Place shall inform Dematic of any claimed defects in the
Equipment and the amount of any retainer necessary to correct claimed defects
will be mutually determined. The Children’s Place will then pay the final
invoice less the determined amount. The Children’s Place will pay the remaining
retainer upon correction by Dematic of any defects in the Equipment as mutually
determined.

Upon
contract ratification, the following payment terms apply:

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Payment Terms

  	
   

  	
  Time Frame

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Twenty percent
  of the total project price as a down

  payment less any previous payments made

  	
   

  	
  Upon execution
  of

  contract.

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Monthly progress
  payments. (Progress payments

  and down payment will not exceed 50% of the

  contract value prior to February 1, 2007.)

  	
   

  	
  Net thirty days.

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  Five percent
  retainer

  	
   

  	
  Thirty days
  after system

  acceptance.

  

 

12.6        Commercial Terms

This
Proposal is based on General Terms and Conditions - Exhibit A. Dematic’s price
is based on our standard practices, equipment, Terms and Conditions, and
warranty.

 144
 

13           Sales Agreement

This Sales Agreement, (hereinafter referred to as “Agreement”),
made by and between The Children’s Place Services Company, LLC, 915 Secaucus
Road, Secaucus, New Jersey 07094, (hereinafter referred to as “The Children’s
Place”) and Dematic Corp., with headquarters located at 507 Plymouth Avenue,
N.E., Grand Rapids, Michigan, 49505, (hereinafter referred to as “Dematic”),
constitutes the Agreement of the parties as follows:

1.   Dematic agrees to sell to The Children’s Place
and The Children’s Place agrees to purchase from Dematic, the equipment and
services described in Dematic Proposal Number 103522, dated 2006-September-27,
Sections 1 through 13, for the price set forth in the Proposal and on the
General Terms and Conditions – Exhibit A.

2.   This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties and no oral or other representation shall
prevail, notwithstanding any other terms and conditions of any order submitted
by The Children’s Place. Any changes, modifications, or additions to this
Agreement are binding and enforceable only if made in writing and signed by
both parties.

Approved and
Executed By:

	
  The Children’s Place
  Services

  Company, LLC

  	
   

  	
  Dematic Corp.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ Sal Pepitone

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Signature

  	
   

  	
  Signature

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Sal Pepitone

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name (please print)

  	
   

  	
  Name (please
  print)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  VP of Logistics

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Title

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9-29-06

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date

  	
   

  	
  Date

  

 

 145
 

13.1        General Terms and Conditions
–
Exhibit A

The Dematic Corp. (“Dematic”) Proposal and Sales Agreement
specifically incorporate the following General Terms and Conditions.
Collectively the Proposal, Sales Agreement, and these General Terms and
Conditions are referred to herein as the “Agreement” between Dematic and The
Children’s Place.

 146
 

 

	
  GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

  	
   

  	
  Exhibit A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

The following General Terms and Conditions shall apply
to any resulting order between Dematic Corp. (hereinafter referred to as “Dematic”)
and Purchaser.

1.             TAXES: Unless otherwise indicated, the
price does not include any sales, use, excise, or similar taxes, and Purchaser
shall be responsible for all such taxes, whether or not invoiced by Dematic. If
taxes are included as part of the price and the rate or base of the tax is
increased or decreased, Purchaser will pay any increased taxes, and Dematic
will give credit for any tax decrease. Absent written agreement to the
contrary, Dematic will pay the tax and be reimbursed by the Purchaser.

In the event Purchaser is exempt from such taxes or
should Purchaser elect to pay such taxes directly to the taxing authority, then
within 60 days of the order, Purchaser will provide Dematic with a valid tax
exemption certificate or similar document satisfactory in form to Dematic.

2.             WARRANTY: Dematic warrants that goods sold
by Dematic will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period
of two years from the date of installation or four thousand hours of operation,
whichever occurs first. Dematic’s obligation under this warranty is limited to
repairing or replacing, at Dematic’s option, F.O.B. manufacturing plant, any
part of the goods found to be defective within the warranty period. This
obligation is conditioned upon receipt by Dematic of prompt written notice of
the claimed defect, including a description of the defect and its discovery,
and the opportunity for Dematic to inspect the goods in the purchaser’s
facility. This obligation does not include costs of labor or other charges
incurred in removing or reinstalling parts, and does not apply to goods damaged
by misuse, neglect or accident or to goods which have been improperly applied,
installed, adjusted, operated, maintained, repaired or altered by persons other
than Dematic.

If the goods include computer hardware or software
acquired from original manufacturers, Dematic’s obligation will be limited to
conveying and transferring to Purchaser any interest, rights and/or warranties
which Dematic may obtain.

DEMATIC MAKES NO ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, AS TO ANY GOODS, AND IN PARTICULAR DEMATIC MAKES NO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

3.             INSURANCE BY DEMATIC: Dematic will maintain insurance covering its operations as follows:

a.     Worker’s
Compensation Insurance as required by the state having jurisdiction over
Dematic and Employer’s Liability with limit of $1,000,000.

b.     Commercial
General Liability Insurance with combined single limit for bodily injuries and
property damage of $1,000,000.

c.     Automotive
Liability Insurance for bodily injuries, including death and property damage
with combined single limit of $1,000,000.

Dematic
may, at its sole option, satisfy these requirements with commercial insurance or
through a program of combined self-insurance, self-insured retention, and
excess insurance.

Certificates
of insurance or letter of authority to self-insure will be furnished upon
request.

4.             INSURANCE BY PURCHASER: Purchaser assumes all risk of loss from damage and destruction of the
material and equipment and any applicable installation charges thereof. Such
risk of loss will transfer to Purchaser at the F.O.B. point pursuant to the
shipping terms of the Agreement (F.O.B. destination). Purchaser agrees to
acquire and maintain all risk insurance covering damage and destruction of the
materials and equipment at replacement value and in no event less than the
purchase price including any increases by change order(s). The insurance policy
or policies shall include Dematic as an insured, shall provide for 20 days
prior notification to Dematic if the insurance coverage is terminated, reduced,
or otherwise materially modified, and shall provide that the insurance proceeds
shall be payable to Dematic and Purchaser as their interests may appear.
Payments made by an insurance carrier to Dematic as a result of such damage or
destruction of the equipment will be applied against the purchase price and any
other amounts owed by Purchaser under the Agreement. Purchaser shall furnish
Dematic with certificates evidencing such insurance.

5.             INDEMNIFICATION: The equipment furnished hereunder will be manufactured with Dematic
safety features and furnished with user safety instructions. The operation of
the equipment with safety features removed or modified and/or the disregard of
the user safety instructions is outside of Dematic’s control and is the
responsibility of the Purchaser. Therefore, Purchaser agrees to indemnify and
hold Dematic harmless from any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of
action, suits, costs, and expenses of any kind or nature (including attorney’s
fees) for loss or damage which may be suffered by Dematic as a result of injury
to persons arising from such removal or modification to Dematic-furnished
safety features and/or the disregard of Dematic-furnished user safety
instructions, including any person injured while riding, sitting, stepping,
walking, or climbing on the equipment furnished hereunder; Provided that
Dematic notifies Purchaser in writing, within 30 days of Dematic’s knowledge of
any such claim, and gives Purchaser the exclusive control of the defense and
settlement of any claim.

Dematic
agrees to indemnify and hold Purchaser harmless from any and all claims,
demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, costs, and expenses of any kind
or nature including attorney’s fees) for loss or damage which may be suffered
by Purchaser as a result of injury to persons arising from defects in material
and workmanship of the equipment caused by Dematic. Provided that Purchaser
notifies Dematic in writing, within 30 days of Purchaser’s knowledge of any
such claim, and gives Dematic the exclusive control of the defense and
settlement of any claim.

6.             CHANGE ORDER:
The parties may agree at any time prior to final payment of the Agreement to
make additions, deletions, or other revisions by Change Order or Work Order (as
defined below) without invalidating the Agreement. No such change will be
performed by Dematic until an approved Change Order or Work Order is executed
as provided below.

a.     When the price, schedule and other conditions
relating to the change can be determined prior to the start of work under the
change, a document describing this change (Change Order) will be issued for
execution by the parties.

b.     When the change requires immediate action and
the issuance of an executed Change Order with firm price would unreasonably
delay the change, Purchaser shall place its signature upon a document
authorizing Dematic to proceed with the change (Work Order). After the change
under the Work Order has been completed, Dematic will calculate the firm price
for the change using actual costs (including overhead and reasonable profit)
current at time of performance of the

 147
 

work.
Completed Work Order(s) will be incorporated into a Change Order for execution
by the parties.

Unless
expressly modified by a Change Order or Work Order, the provisions of the
Agreement will govern all work performed under such Change Order or Work Order.

7.             LIENS:
Dematic will protect Purchaser as to any lien asserted against Purchaser’s
property for work, material or services furnished by others at Dematic’s
request when Purchaser makes the payments provided for in the Agreement.

8.             RIGHTS AND REMEDIES: If Dematic defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under
the Agreement (other than its obligations under Article 2 hereof) and if
Dematic has not cured the default or implemented a plan to cure the default in
a diligent manner within 20 days after Purchaser shall have given Dematic
written notice of the default, or such other time period as mutually agreed
upon, Purchaser shall have the right to terminate the Agreement upon written
notice to Dematic. In the event of such termination, Purchaser may (i) pay to
Dematic the reasonable value of equipment and services already provided to
Purchaser, or (ii) complete the work specified in the Agreement.

If
Purchaser elects to complete the work and the reasonable costs of completion
exceed the unpaid balance of the Agreement price, Dematic shall pay the
difference to Purchaser. If the unpaid balance of the purchase price exceeds the
reasonable cost of completion, Purchaser shall pay the difference to Dematic.

If
Purchaser fails to pay the purchase price, or any installment thereof, within
10 days after it is due, or if Purchaser defaults in the performance of any of
its other obligations under the Agreement and if the default continues for 20
days after Dematic gives Purchaser written notice thereof, or such other time
period as mutually agreed upon, then Dematic shall have the right to (i)
suspend performance of its obligation under the Agreement until the default is
cured, or (ii) exercise any right or remedy provided for in the Agreement, or
available to Dematic under applicable law.

9.             SECURITY INTEREST AND TITLE:

a.     Subject to any interest that Wells Fargo
Retail Finance, LLC has in the equipment pursuant to the credit facility dated
November 21, 2004, as amended between the purchaser and Wells Fargo, Dematic
retains a security interest in the equipment to secure the purchase price
payable by Purchaser under the Agreement and all other amounts now and
hereafter owing by Purchaser to Dematic hereunder. Upon request by Dematic,
Purchaser will execute and deliver to Dematic a financing statement evidencing
this security interest.

b.     Dematic hereby grants Purchaser a single site
non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use all computer software
manufactured and provided by Dematic under the Agreement. Title to the software
and documentation, if any, provided hereunder shall at all times remain with
Dematic. Purchaser agrees to use such software strictly in compliance with the
terms of the Agreement, and for the use(s) contemplated herein, and
specifically agrees not to copy, furnish, disclose, or otherwise make said
software, or any portion thereof, available to any third party.

c.     The Dematic manufactured and provided software
is a proprietary trade secret of Dematic. Purchaser agrees to maintain
confidentiality of Dematic software, and to restrict access to Purchaser’s
employees or agents directly concerned with Purchaser’s licensed use of same.

d.     Refer to Article 2 for provisions of title for
software which Dematic acquires from original manufacturers.

10.          DELAYS: If
Dematic’s performance is delayed or prevented by Purchaser or other cause
uncontrolled by Dematic (such as casualty, labor trouble, governmental action,
inability to obtain supplies or transportation, or any order modification by
Purchaser):

a.     Purchaser agrees to pay Dematic invoices upon
notification that equipment is ready for shipment in accordance with the
shipping schedule and to reimburse Dematic for expenses incident to such delay
including, without limitation, the cost of engineering, equipment and
installation escalations; maintaining, repairing and refurbishing equipment,
storage, demurrage, and pullout charges from installation site; and

b.     The time for delivery of the equipment and
performance of the services will be extended accordingly, and Dematic will not be
liable for any damages caused by the delay; and

c.     The stated purchase price shall be revised
based upon labor wage rates and other conditions prevailing at the time of
actual performance.

11.          PATENTS:
Dematic agrees to indemnify and hold Purchaser harmless from any damages
(including litigation costs incurred) that may be awarded against Purchaser in
any final judgment based upon a claim that the equipment or its use infringes
any currently existing United States patents owned by third parties, provided
that Purchaser notifies Dematic in writing, within 30 days of Purchaser’s
knowledge of any such claim, and gives Dematic the exclusive control of the
defense and settlement of any claim, including the right to make changes in the
equipment to avoid any alleged infringement, so long as such changes do not
materially affect the performance of such equipment which shall be determined
by the Purchaser in its sole reasonable discretion. Purchaser is responsible
for any infringement claim arising from any modifications of the equipment by
Purchaser or any combining by Purchaser of the equipment with other equipment
not furnished by Dematic.

12.          ASSIGNMENT/SUBCONTRACTS: Purchaser shall not delegate the performance of any obligation
hereunder, nor assign any rights arising under the Agreement, to any
unaffiliated third person without the prior written consent of Dematic.

Dematic reserves the right to use subcontractors in
the performance of any services to be performed by Dematic. Dematic is
responsible for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor so engaged.

13.          LIMITATION OF REMEDIES/GOVERNING LAW: The Agreement sets forth Purchaser’s sole and
exclusive remedies for any defect in or non-conformity of any equipment or
services and for any negligent design, manufacture, or installation of the
equipment, and for any breach of the Agreement by Dematic. Neither Dematic nor
Purchaser shall be liable for incidental or consequential damages (including
loss of profits).

The
Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the substantive
laws of the State of Michigan.

 148Exhibit
10.2

	
  

  	
  The Children’s Place

  Secaucus, New Jersey

   

  Project 104846

  Commodities and Installation Services

  2006-September-27

  

  

 

	
  Creating Logistics
  Results  |

  	
  DEMATIC

  

 

	
  

  	
  Proposal for Conveyor
  System

  

 

Introduction

Dematic’s goal is to provide The Children’s
Place with the best system solution available, including cost-effective
technologies, control systems, software, visualization systems, integration and
services. This will help The Children’s Place to optimize service to its
customers, reduce distribution lead-time, enhance material tracking, and
support reduction of overall operating costs. We look forward to working
together with The Children’s Place to build this innovative Material Handling
System.

Executive Summary

This Proposal covers a Material Handling
System encompassing Third-party commodities, Mechanical Installation, and
Electrical Installation and is summarized with the following tasks.

Mechanical Installation

Dematic Mechanical Installation will install
the Material Handling Equipment and related accessories as specified within the
Proposal. Dematic’s Installation Lead will serve as the Site Manager, attending
meetings, interfacing with The Children’s Place representatives, and
coordinating on-site activities.

The installation includes:

·                     Receiving
and unloading of equipment

·                     Assembly and
placement of equipment

·                     Hardware
commissioning and run-in

·                     On-site
representation by Project Engineer and/or Project Installation Foreman

Electrical Installation

Dematic provides the Field Wiring of the
Material Handling Equipment and related accessories, as specified within this
Proposal, which includes:

·                     Setting
the control cabinets

·                     Control
wiring from supplied cabinets to the equipment

·                     Remote
control devices and mounting of the control devices

The Children’s Place will provide wiring from
the building power source to the control cabinet(s).

 i
 

ISO 9001:2000 Registered

Dematic is registered to the ISO-9001:2000
International Standard for Quality Management Systems.

The registration applies to all Dematic
Manufacturing, Engineering, Project Management and Customer Service processes.

Revisions

	
  Revision Level

  	
   

  	
  Date of Revision

  	
   

  	
  Date of Revision

  	
   

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  2006-September-27

  	
   

  	
  Initial Release.

  	
   

  
	
        

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
        

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 ii
 

Table of Contents

	
  1

  	
  Title Page

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  1.1

  	
  Proposal
  Content

  	
   

  	
  2

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
  Scope of Work

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.1

  	
  Material Handling System

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.2

  	
  Installation

  	
   

  	
  4

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
  Mechanical Resale Equipment Details

  	
   

  	
  5

  
	
  3.1

  	
  Balers

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.2

  	
  Carton
  Erector / Sealer

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
  3.3

  	
  Semi-Automatic Carton Sealer (MQ22)

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
  3.4

  	
  Dunnage Fill

  	
   

  	
  10

  
	
  3.5

  	
  Weigh Scales

  	
   

  	
  11

  
	
  3.6

  	
  Label Print and Apply System

  	
   

  	
  12

  
	
  3.7

  	
  Trailer
  Unloaders

  	
   

  	
  35

  
	
  3.8

  	
  Trailer Loaders

  	
   

  	
  37

  
	
  3.9

  	
  Overhead Conveyor System (Pacline C-250 Enclosed
  Chain)

  	
   

  	
  39

  
	
  3.10

  	
  Platform

  	
   

  	
  44

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
  Controls Resale Equipment Details

  	
   

  	
  45

  
	
  4.1

  	
  GSMi Visualization
  System

  	
   

  	
  45

  
	
  4.2

  	
  Scanners

  	
   

  	
  47

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
  Computer Resale Information

  	
   

  	
  49

  
	
  5.1

  	
  SortDirector System Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  49

  
	
  5.2

  	
  Shelf Mounted PickDirector Hardware

  	
   

  	
  50

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6

  	
  Installation

  	
   

  	
  51

  
	
  6.1

  	
  Mechanical Installation Practices

  	
   

  	
  51

  
	
  6.2

  	
  Electrical Installation Practices

  	
   

  	
  53

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7

  	
  Proposal Specifications

  	
   

  	
  57

  
	
  7.1

  	
  General

  	
   

  	
  57

  
	
  7.2

  	
  The Children’s Place Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  57

  
	
  7.3

  	
  The Children’s Place Site Conditions

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8

  	
  Safety

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
  8.1

  	
  Mutual Commitment to Safety

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
  8.2

  	
  OSHA Lockout / Tagout Rules

  	
   

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
  System
  Pricing

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  9.1

  	
  Base System

  	
   

  	
  63

  

 

 iii
 

 

	
  9.2

  	
  Pricing Notes

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  9.3

  	
  Export Laws and Regulations

  	
   

  	
  64

  
	
  9.4

  	
  Payment Terms

  	
   

  	
  64

  
	
  9.5

  	
  Commercial
  Terms

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10

  	
  Sales
  Agreement

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
  10.1

  	
  General Terms and Conditions – Exhibit A

  	
   

  	
  67

  

 

 iv

1                            Title
Page

Dematic Corp. (hereinafter referred to as “Dematic”) with offices
located at:

6 Powder Horn Drive

Warren, New Jersey 07059

	
  Submits this Proposal to:

  	
  Equipment to be installed at:

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  The Children’s Place Services Company, LLC

  (Hereinafter referred to as “The Children’s Place”)

  	
  The Children’s Place

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  915 Secaucus Road

  	
  Airport Road West

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Secaucus, New Jersey 07094

  	
  Fort Payne, Alabama 35968

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Don Whiteford

  	
  Don Whiteford

  

 

This Proposal consists of the
following:

1.                  Sales
Agreement No. 104846, including General Terms and Conditions - Exhibit A.

2.                  Sections
1 through 10.

3.                  Dematic
drawings: Q103522-C010, Rev. C, Sheets 1 and 2, Dated September 6, 2006.

4.                  Other
documents: None.

If information in any document conflicts with that in another,
governing priority shall be given to documents in the order listed above.

All information in this Proposal is confidential and has been prepared
for The Children’s Place’s use solely in considering the purchase of the
equipment and/or services described herein. The Children’s Place’s use for any
other purpose, or transmission to others of all or any part of this
information, including, but not limited to, drawings, process flow diagrams,
sequence of operation, and pricing, is unauthorized without Dematic’s prior
written consent. All Dematic specifications and drawings remain the property of
Dematic and are subject to recall at any time.

© copyright 2006, Dematic Corp. All rights reserved. The contents of
this Proposal may not be reproduced without the prior written permission of
Dematic Corp.

This Proposal is submitted by:

	
  /s/ Thomas R Dancer

  	
   

  	
  Business Development Manager

  	
   

  	
  732 563-1330 ext. 300

  
	
  Thomas Dancer

  	
   

  	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Phone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ John Van
  Walleghem

  	
   

  	
  General Manager

  	
   

  	
  732-563-1330 ext. 500

  
	
  John Van
  Walleghem

  	
   

  	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Phone

  

 

The Offer Period for this Proposal shall terminate 30 days from the
date of this Proposal. Dematic may extend the Offer Period; however, the price,
schedule, and other portions of this Proposal may be subject to change.
Extensions of the Offer Period shall be valid only if in writing and signed by
an authorized Dematic representative. This Proposal shall become binding only
upon full execution of the Sales Agreement by duly authorized agents of the
parties.

 1
 

1.1                  Proposal Content

This Proposal is provided to furnish all of the necessary Third-party
commodities, Mechanical Installation, and Electrical Installation for The
Children’s Place material handling system. This Proposal must be purchased with
Dematic Proposal Number 103522, which provides all of the necessary Hardware
and Engineering Services.

This Proposal is summarized as follows:

·                     Supply of Third-party Mechanical Resale

·                     Supply of Third-party Controls Resale

·                     Supply of Third-party Computer Resale

·                     Mechanical Installation - Installation of
all conveyors and conveyor accessories specified in Dematic Proposal Number
103522. Receiving, unloading, rigging and placement of conveyors will be
performed by Dematic.

·                     Electrical Installation - Field wiring of
all conveyors and conveyor accessories specified in Dematic Proposal Number
103522. This includes setting the control cabinets, connecting the power and
control wiring from these cabinets to the conveyors and remote control devices
and mounting the control devices. Wiring from the power source to the control
cabinet(s) to be provided by The Children’s Place.

 2
 

2         Scope
of Work

The following scope of work is intended to be comprehensive, based on
Dematic’s knowledge and understanding of the project. The Engineering and
Design effort is expected to be a confirmation of the scope listed below. In
general, The Children’s Place is responsible for any scope not specifically
identified as Dematic’s responsibility.

2.1      Material Handling System

	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Mechanical Resale

  	
   

  	
  Consists of the following equipment:

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  Air System including:

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·   Air compressors

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·   Air piping

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·   Air drops with shut-off valves

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·   Air hookup kits to equipment

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  (2) Balers

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  (2) Carton Erectors

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  (4) Semi-Automatic Carton Sealers

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  (4) Dunnage Fill

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  (18) Weigh Scales

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  (5) Trailer Unloaders

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  (42) Trailer Loaders

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  Overhead Chain Conveyor

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  Platforms

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  See the “Mechanical Resale Equipment Details”
  Section for specific details.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Control Resale

  	
   

  	
  Consists of the following equipment:

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  Motor Control Cabinets

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  Label Print and Apply System

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·   (12) Shipping LPA Lines

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·   (2) Carton LPA Lines

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  Scanners necessary to route product.

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  RapidSORT Controllers for carton routing on
  sorters.

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  GSMi  Visualization System application hardware.

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  See the “Controls Resale Equipment Details” Section
  for specific details

  

 

 3
 

 

	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Computer Resale

  	
   

  	
  Interface to The Children’s Place’s WMS

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  ·  SortDirector and PickDirector applications
  Hardware.

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  See the “Computer Information Systems” Section for
  specific details.

  

 

2.2           Installation

	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Mechanical and Electrical
  Installation

  	
   

  	
  Installation of
  all Dematic provided equipment.

  Installation
  will be non-union / non-prevailing wage labor.

  Installation
  includes unloading of all Dematic-supplied equipment.

  Changes to the
  project schedule or labor may effect the installation time and costs.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Installation Supervisor

  	
   

  	
  Will coordinate
  on-site activities and supervise installation of all Dematic-provided
  equipment.

  

 

 4
 

3                            Mechanical
Resale Equipment Details

The Detail Sheets for the equipment in your system follow.

 5
 

3.1                  Balers

Two (2) Balemaster EO-6430 Balers to Include the Following:

·                     All
necessary feed chute to accommodate a 24’ discharge height

·                     (2) Balemaster EO-6430
Auto-Tie Horizontal Balers

·                     Air/Oil Cooler (Heat Exchanger) and Select-O-Matic Controls

·                     Dust tight, gasketed 22” x 22” windowed feed chute door

·                     Fused Electrical Disconnect Switch integrated with high voltage motor starter
cabinet

·                     Touch Screen Control complete with screen saver

·                     Extra Heavy Duty Automatic Wire Tier and Inserter

·                     Bale Run-Out. Solid Slide Bed Conveyor per 5’ section. (1) section per
baler

·                     Regenerative Hydraulic Circuit for up to 25% faster Baling
Ram Speed

·                     Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC) High Efficiency Motor

·                     Dual Motor/Dual Pump
arrangement with Automatic Selector Controls

·                     SONAC High Level Eye for each feed chute

·                     Mechanical Installation Package

3.1.1        Mechanical installation
package to include the following

·                     Mechanical installation labor

·                     Lifting and rigging equipment

·                     Field crew travel and
living expenses

·                     Detailed approval and
equipment layout drawings

·                     Single-line electrical diagrams

·                     Dedicated project management

·                     Consultation with electrical contractor and related trades

·                     System start-up and operator training for two days on-site

·                     System operation,
maintenance and owner’s manual

 6
 

3.2                Carton Erector /
Sealer

	
  

  	
  Future Commodities Int’l Inc.

  BestPack Packaging
  Machinery

  	
  

  	
   

  	
  CLASSIC
  PRINTERS 

  & CONVERTERS

  
	
  World Leader in Sophisticated Packaging Systems

  	
  140 Ethel Road
  West Unit K • Piscataway, NJ 08854

  732-985-1100 • Fax 732-985-1560

  www.tapesandlabels.com

  888-891- TAPE

  

 

·                     Carton
Size:     L: 18.5”    W: 16.25”    H:
15.5”(RSC Type Carton)

·                     Most important carton 18.5 x 16.25 x 15.5”

·                     Electrical:    110V, 60Hz, Single Phase, Omron PLC

·                     Air Requirements:
    100 PSI, 10 + CFM, (Dry AIR) Lubrication Free

3.2.1        Standard Features:

·                     Carton
is straight fed from the hopper / bottom pulled

·                     Output:
10 cartons per minute

·                     Hopper
capacity of 70-100 cartons

·                     PLC
logic

·                     Suction
cup system

·                     Quick
positive size change over

·                     Heavy-duty
construction

·                     Malfunction
alarm with two-colored light

·                     Carton
is sealed form the side

·                     No
tape on the carton alarm

·                     Heavy-duty
castors or peg legs

3.2.1.1                                 The
Children’s Place needs the following before the equipment is installed:

·                     Dedicated 110V line 20 AMPS

·                     Minimum 100 PSI with 10 + CFM

·                     Air must be dry

·                     Airline to the sealer must be a
minimum of 3⁄4” I.D., 1” I.D. or larger is needed if the compressor is
considerable distance from the sealer or
if running multiple lines.

 7
 

NOTE

·                     An
application survey and carton samples must be submitted to confirm details;
final details may affect final pricing.

·                     Cartons
must be tested before shipment of equipment. Please send cartons for testing
flat, and 50 cartons of each size.

·                     This
carton erector will set up carton with flaps being folded down.

·                     Installation
must be preformed by approved BestPack Representative for full warranty to be
in effect.

 8
 

3.3                  Semi-Automatic
Carton Sealer (MQ22)

	
  

  	
  Future Commodities Int’l Inc.

  BestPack Packaging
  Machinery

  	
  

  	
   

  	
  CLASSIC
  PRINTERS 

  & CONVERTERS

  
	
  World Leader in Sophisticated Packaging Systems

  	
  140 Ethel Road
  West Unit K • Piscataway, NJ 08854

  732-985-1100 • Fax 732-985-1560

  www.tapesandlabels.com

  888-891- TAPE

  

 

3.3.1        Standard features

·                     Box
size W: 8.5” – 21.5.” H: 6.0” - 20.5”

·                     Operator
required to close top flaps

·                     Adjustable
working height (24.5” – 29.5”) unless otherwise ordered

·                     Adjustable
side pressure rollers for box top compression

·                     Removable
top and  bottom tape heads

·                     Four
belt drive (two side and two top)

·                     Tape
Roll Lengths: 1000 yd, 1500 yd.

·                     UL
Approved Electrical Parts

·                     Electrical
on/off box can be mounted on either side of machine

·                     Instruction
/ parts manual

·                     Three
1/5 HP gear motors 17:1 ratio at 74 ft per minute belt speed

 9
 

3.4                  Dunnage Fill

Below is the information on the Cushion Fill system as it relates to
this application.

·                     4-
Cushion FillTM Systems (CFSS/N)

·                     4-
Automated Cushion FillTM Bins (CFB-PVC-SENSOR)

·                     Auto
bin will start and stop on its own to keep the bin full at all times.

·                     48
Rolls Per Pallet Cushion Fill Film (CF142508)

·                     Available
sizes Width: 8.875” or 10.875” Perforations at 4”,6”,8” & 10”

·                     Roll
lengths: 8.875”= 2500’/rl. 10.875”= 2000’/rl.

·                     (Custom
printed film available 96 Rolls min. Plate charge applies)

 10
 

3.5      Weigh Scales

Table 1     Scales

	
  Qty.

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  Mettler Toledo

  	
   

  	
  9477 Scale/Conveyor: 24”Wx47”Lx30”H(+/-2”)

  ·   1/2 HP, 460 VAC, Mild Steel Black, 240 FPM
  for LPA Lines.

  ·   Rate: 56 pkg/min Accuracy: +/- 0.1 Ib

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  Mettler Toledo

  	
   

  	
  9477 Scale/Conveyor: 24”Wx47”Lx30”H(+/-2”)

  ·   1/2 HP, 460 VAC, Mild Steel Black, 120 FPM
  for Receiving Lines.

  ·   Rate: 30 pkg/min Accuracy: +/- 0.06 Ib

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Mettler Toledo

  	
   

  	
  KC277628-020: 9477 Conveyor Spares kit (1LPA/1 Rec)

  

 

Table 2  Controllers

	
  Qty.

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  Mettler Toledo

  	
   

  	
  C9482-0002 JagExpressweigh Controllers

  ·   110VAC with 120VAC onboard Opto-22 for
  discrete I/O to Induction PLC

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Mettler Toledo

  	
   

  	
  0917-0338: 9482 Controller Spares Kit

  

 

NOTE   Accuracy
based on a wind and vibration-free environment

 11
 

3.6      Label
Print and Apply System

Accu-Sort Systems, Inc., a
supplier of integrated scanning and material handling solutions for over 30
years, submits this proposal for The Children’s Place (TCP) in Fort Payne, AL.
This proposal is designed to collate all relevant design issues as they relate
to Accu-Sort deliverables and pricing.

This proposal will be based
on current functionality of existing Accu-Sort supplied FAST Label systems
already in use at three (3) TCP facilities. This new site will leverage the
existing FAST Label application set along with a new functionality to handle
label application at two (2) carton erector lines. Assumptions were made in the
carton erector area and costing is based on current, known TCP requirements on
rate, applicator approach, verification and engineering. Changes to current
specifications may impact cost.

The proposed system solution
includes the following primary functions:

·                     The
design will consist of label printer applicator(s), FAST Label application
software, and scanners required to meet the end-user’s requirements. In
addition, this proposal will include the following options:

·                    Cold
Backup FAST Label application workstation

·                    Cold
Backup Database File Server

·                    Additional
On-Site Training and Standby Support (1 week after commissioning)

·                    Start-Up
Label Stock for 8 hours continuous use for one week

·                     This
project consists of a print and apply labeling system for twelve (12) conveyor
lines and two (2) Carton Erector lines using information captured from inbound
scanners and downloaded files from The Children’s Place via PKMS (by Manhattan
Associates). The system will support two (2) label printer applicators on each
conveyor line. The design will support a throughput rate of 50 cartons per minute
per line

·                     The
Accu-Sort FAST Label system shall manage all real-time aspects of the print and
apply process. For TCP, there are typically two identical parallel conveyor
lines that are side-by side, approximately 10’-6” on center. Functionality of each
line is the same. The two lines shall be controlled by a single Accu-Sort FAST
Label controller.

 12
 

·                     As
a carton arrives at induction, it is gapped (by Dematic) on a two-speed belt. A
photoeye detects the gaps between cartons and stops the belt for the
appropriate time period, if the gap is not sufficient. The carton then flows
onto the FAST Label conveyor and the inbound label is scanned for the Case
Number bar code.

·                     Inbound
scanning will be driven by an Accu-Sort Axiom 1L fixed mounted line scanner.
The scanner transmits the Case Number bar code to the Accu-Sort FAST Label
computer and the FAST Label computer inducts the carton into the tracking
process. Via encoder and update photoeyes supplied by Accu-Sort, the FAST Label
computer tracks the carton along the entire printer applicator belt.

·                     Outbound
applied labels will be verified by and Accu-Sort Axiom 1L scanner

·                     The
design will have an Accu-Sort FAST Comm PC and database file server with custom
TCP/IP Sockets software to interface with The Children’s Place computer system
to populate the FAST Label system database. Prior to carton processing, the
Customer HOST will download inbound receiving label data and outbound shipping
label data to the FAST Label system database

·                     The
system shall provide a statistics Report. This report shall be viewable on the
screen of the FAST Label PC. There is no report printer being supplied as part
of the system.

·                     This
proposal will be a duplicate, except for an carton erector lines and increased
throughput to 50 cartons per minute per line, and amount of lines of the
original project for The Children’s Place, located in Mississauga, Ontario,
Canada purchased under Dematic Corp PO# 4500415364.

3.6.1                     Operational
Overview

The following section will describe the basic FAST
Label system functionality as required in previous TCP application. It is our
understanding that the application process required for the carton erector area
will be a subset of the primary FAST Label application. It should be noted that
the labeling operation in this area will be required to print, apply and verify
a label to opposite panels of cartons as they move through the carton erector
process. The dataset and label location for this area have not confirmed at
this time but are presumed to be similar to the base requirements. Additional
costs may apply if throughput rate, scanning, apply approach or engineering
costs associated with this area exceed those of the standard, known TCP
requirements

3.6.1.1                                 Operational
Description

The TCP Host will download label data to the
FAST Label system via TCP/IP Socket interface. The FAST Label Communication
application will populate the downloaded data in the Accu-Sort supplied
database via ODBC connection.

 13
 

(The FAST Label system FAST Comm application
and database file server should be housed in a secured room off the workroom
floor. The FAST Label Computer workstations will reside in air-conditioned
enclosures in the immediate vicinity of the LPA operations) Both the FAST Label
Computer and the Accu-Sort Communication workstation and database file server
will support an Ethernet connection and reside on the Customer’s local area
network (LAN). The Customer will provide the Ethernet wiring. The labeling
system will be on its own segment.

Downloaded information shall include all
necessary data records to allow for generating and labeling outbound shipping
cartons. There shall be no upload of verified data from the FAST Label system
to The Children’s Place Host.

A single Axiom 1L scanner shall be mounted on
the right side of the conveyor. One (1) inbound scanner shall be used on each
line. The bar code shall be presented to the scanner in the Ladder orientation
and shall be located on the lower six (6) inches of the carton. The Axiom 1L
shall be mounted with a head tilt of 25-30 degrees to provide an effective
raster of six (6) inches.

Packages shall be conveyed with leading to
trailing edge spacing of eight (8) inches. The primary responsibility of the
inbound scanner is to read the Case Number bar code and transmit the decoded
information via a typical asynchronous serial ASCII communications port to the
FAST Label controller. Floor mounting stands shall be included for these
scanners.

NOTE Induct error conditions including No Read, No
Data, Not in Database, Duplicate Record and Print String Error will be logged
in the FAST Label Computer Event Log. Further, the FAST Label system will
generate the Error Label appropriate for the given condition and transmit the
data to the LPA, which will print and apply the label to the carton in error.
Cartons receiving induct error labels will continue through and exit the
print/apply area unless they exceed configurable thresholds for consecutive
occurrences. Error label processing can be disabled, if needed.

Upon receipt of decoded data from the inbound
scanner, the FAST Label computer will query the database (containing data
previously downloaded from the TCP Host) for the receiving label data
transmitted by the induction scanner. If the receiving label data is found, the
FAST Label computer will “marry” the receiving label data to the carton at the
FAST Label induct eye and track the carton through the length of the LPA
conveyor.

Furthermore, the FAST Label Computer will
match the receiving label to its corresponding shipping label data and transmit
the shipping label data to the appropriate LPA. Each shipping conveyor line
will have two (2) LPA units installed on the side of the conveyor to meet rate,
and the LPA units will receive and print in an alternating, round robin format.
The shipping label will be printed and applied in ladder orientation on the
lower six inches of the carton’s side.

The outbound shipping label will be printed
and applied with a total throughput of 50 cartons per minute per conveyor line.
Following label print/apply, cartons will

 14
 

remain edge-justified to the side of the conveyor and will be conveyed
past the verification scanner with leading to trailing edge spacing of a
minimum of eight (8) inches. The verification scanner will read and decode the
shipping label bar code and transmit the decoded data (via a typical serial
ASCII communications port) to the FAST Label Computer.

The Outbound label verification scanning shall be handled by a Axiom 1L
scanner mounted on the side of the conveyor, reading over a fixed depth of
field (+/- 2”). Cartons shall be justified prior to the printer applicator
(+/-1/8”). Therefore, the bar code shall be presented to the scanner in a
justified, side read, Ladder orientation and shall be located on the lower
six-(6) inches of the carton. The Axiom 1L shall be mounted with a head tilt of
25-30 degrees to provide an effective raster of six (6) inches. Packages shall
be conveyed at a speed of 160 fpm with leading to trailing edge spacing of
eight (8) inches.

The primary responsibility of this scanner is to read the outbound
shipping label bar code and transmit the decoded information via a typical
asynchronous serial ASCII communications port to the FAST Label computer. Floor
mounted stands will be included for these units.

If a mis-match or no-read condition is detected at the verification
scanner, the carton shall be diverted. A reject divert shall be supplied by
Dematic. The FAST Label computer shall support an interlock (dry) signal that
will close for 500 ms each time a carton is rejected. This signal shall be
received in a consistent point in the conveyor’s travel. If no divert mechanism
is provided, the error carton will simply stop at a consistent point on the
conveyor for manual handling.

Upon receipt of the decoded data, the FAST Label Computer will compare
the scanned bar code to the expected bar code. (The “expected” bar code will be
the receiving label previously “married” to the carton at induct.) If the
shipping label is verified, the FAST Label Computer will update the status of
the receiving label record to ‘Complete’ and the carton will leave the LPA
operation.

NOTE Verify error
conditions including Verify No Read, No Data and Mismatch will be logged in the
FAST Label Computer Event Log. Further, if a user-configurable threshold value
for consecutive occurrences of any verify error is met, the FAST Label Computer
will stop the conveyor for the appropriate operator resolution. (The FAST Label
workstation will support an OK to Run signal, which will drop out at a consistent
point in conveyor travel beyond the verify scanner.) A manual restart will be
required following any verify error conveyor stop.

When the carton passes the verification bar code scanner, the shipping
label bar code will be scanned, decoded and transmitted to FAST Label
workstation, which will compare the scanned bar code to the expected bar code.
If the labels match correctly, FAST Label workstation will update the status of
the carton record to ‘Complete’. Once a label is verified, the associated data
will be deleted during the following night’s ‘clean-up process. If the labels
do not match, an error

 15

will be written to the FAST Label workstation event log and the carton
will be diverted or the processing line will be stopped for appropriate
resolution (if the error meets the user-configurable consecutive error
threshold value).

Cartons that result in error labels or cause the conveyor to stop (e.g.
out of synch or mismatch) will not be verified. Accordingly, their status will
not be marked as ‘Complete’ in the database. Therefore, error condition cartons
resolved downstream can be reintroduced to the system without negatively
affecting the status of the successfully processed cartons. Similarly, cartons
that are mismatched, do not read or do not receive decoded data at verify can
be reintroduced and rerun through the print/apply operation for proper completion.
Any receiving label record in the database not flagged as verified (Complete)
for a period in excess of fifteen (15) days, shall be automatically purged in
that night’s clean-up process

3.6.1.2           Error
Handling

Error conditions are defined and will be handled as follows:

Inbound No Read – The inbound Axiom 1L side-read bar code scanner does
not detect a receiving label. An “Induct No-Read” error label will be printed
and applied, and the carton will continue through and out of the print/apply
area for resolution downstream or a return to the LPA operation. This error
condition can be set to become fatal after a configurable number of consecutive
cartons of this error type.

Inbound No Data – The FAST Label Computer does not receive decoded data
from the inbound single-line scanner before the carton reaches the tracking
systems induct photo eye. An “Induct No-Data” error label will be printed and
applied, and the carton will continue through and out of the print/apply area
for resolution downstream or a return to the LPA operation. This error
condition can be set to become fatal after a configurable number of consecutive
cartons of this error type.

Inbound Not in Database – The receiving label data read and decoded by
the inbound scanner and transmitted to the FAST Label Computer is not among the
data downloaded by The Customer Host. An “Induct Not in Database” error label
will be printed and applied, and the carton will continue through and out of
the print/apply area for resolution downstream or a return to the LPA
operation. This error condition can be set to become fatal after a configurable
number of consecutive cartons of this error type.

Inbound Duplicate Record – The receiving label read and decoded by the
inbound scanner and transmitted to the FAST Label workstation has previously
been processed and flagged as ‘Complete’: i.e. a shipping label was printed and
correctly verified. A “Duplicate Record” error label will be printed and
applied, and the carton will continue through and out of the print/apply area
for resolution downstream or a return to the LPA operation.

 16
 

Inbound Print String Error – The Data Record
Layout downloaded from the HOST contains no data or improperly formatted data
(defined as no start and/or end character(s) in the print command) in the “Shipping
Label print stream” field. A “Print String Error” label will be printed and
applied, and the carton will continue through and out of the print/apply area
for resolution downstream or a return to the LPA operation. NOTE: Resolution
must involve correcting the Data Record Layout: adding or properly formatting
the print string.

Mismatch at Verify Scanner – The shipping
label printed and applied does not correspond to the receiving label read at
induct for the carton tracked from induct to verify. This error condition can
be set to become fatal after a configurable number of consecutive cartons of
this error type.

No Read at Verify Scanner – The outbound
scanner is unable to decode a shipping label. This error condition can be set
to become fatal after a configurable number of consecutive cartons of this
error type.

No Data at Verify Scanner – The FAST Label
workstation does not receive decoded data from the outbound scanner. This error
condition can be set to become fatal after a configurable number of consecutive
cartons of this error type.

NOTE An error is considered fatal if the LPA
conveyor stops as a result.

3.6.1.3     System Setup/Control Operations

Parameters for communication with TCP Host
shall be set up as part of system installation. Typical operator interaction
shall involve the starting and stopping of the application (booting the PC or
executing the application from the Windows desktop). In addition the operator
shall clear jams and restart the conveyor in selected error conditions through
the Fast Label control panel screen.

3.6.1.4     Synchronous Flow

·                     Some
time prior to processing any given carton, The FAST Label workstation will
receive receiving label bar code data and preformatted printer information for
the shipping label in a Label File.

·                     Upon
receipt, the FAST Comm application will populate the local database, residing
on the FAST Label system database file server, with the data from the label
file.

·                     As
each carton is scanned upon entry to the print/apply system, the FAST Label
workstation will receive each successfully scanned carton’s receiving label bar
code data from the scanners and use the data to look up the corresponding
shipping label bar code data.

·                     Following
a successful lookup, the FAST Label workstation will send the preformatted
shipping label bar code label data to the appropriate printer/applicator.

 17
 

·                     In
the event of induct errors including No Read, No Data, Not in Database and
Duplicate Label, the FAST Label workstation will send the corresponding error
label to the appropriate printer/applicator(s) for the 

carton(s) in question, where the error label will be printed and applied. The
error label should prove valuable when resolving error conditions downstream of
the print/apply operation.

·                     Following
the printer/applicator, every carton will pass before a verification scanner.
For all cartons successfully scanned and decoded, FAST Label workstation will
receive shipping label bar code data.

·                     The
FAST Label workstation will use the shipping label bar code data received from
the verification bar code scanner to set a flag in the database for a
successfully processed receiving label (carton).

·                     In
the absence of bar code data verifying a successfully processed receiving label
(carton), the FAST Label workstation will not flag the receiving label as
successfully processed (Complete).

·                     If
any of the following errors –
inbound no read, inbound no data, inbound not in database, verify scanner no
read, verify scanner no data or verify scanner mismatch - meet user-configurable
threshold values for consecutive occurrences, a fatal error will occur. FAST
Label workstation will not continue to send data to the printer/applicators but
instead will drop the run signal and stop the conveyor(s).

3.6.1.5           FAST Comm PC Operations

The FAST Comm application will provide
integration between the TCP Host and the FAST Label workstations. The FAST Comm
system will receive data downloads from the HOST via TCP/IP socket link and
populates the database server application via ODBC connection.

The FAST Comm application requires minimal
operator interface after initial installation and configuration. A system
administrator shall set up and change user account security to control access
to these functions. We recommend housing the FAST Comm application PC and the
database file server in a secured room located off the workroom floor.

The FAST Label workstation will communicate
with the database server application, where it will have access to receiving
label and shipping label data for lookup and label printing. The FAST Comm PC
shall be a Windows XP based computer.

The FAST Comm application provides integration
between Accu-Sort’s FAST Suite and host processes and systems. This integration
is performed through processing of data between the FAST Comm application and
customer Host systems. Typical data processing includes product table
definitions, inventory transactions and production/shipping processing results.

 18
 

3.6.2                    Network
Overview

The system database will continue to be
maintained on the existing Accu-Sort supplied database file server. A peer to
peer relationship will continue to exist between the FAST Comm application and
TCP Host as well as support to the database file server and the FAST Label
workstations.

3.6.2.1                                 Host
Communication Interface

This section contains the critical details of
communication between the FAST Comm application and The Customer Host (HOST).
Format and content for every required transaction must be completely specified
and approved before interface programming can begin. However, it should be
noted that communications description between TCP and FAST Label have already
been developed at other sites and will be replicated in this opportunity. No
changes to the existing format, frequency or type of communications are planned
for in this proposal.

The download process addresses the
transmission of data from the TCP Host to the Accu-Sort FAST Comm application.
The TCP Host will provide label data to the Accu-Sort system, which manages the
generation and application of shipping labels. This data will be provided
utilizing TCP/IP Sockets.

There is one (1) type of record that shall be
provided. This record will contain information that will cause a label to be
added to the FAST Label system database. Label data will be provided to the
FAST Label subsystem prior to the carton being inducted into the label
application process. The FAST Comm application provides a point of contact
between the TCP Host and the FAST Label system.

In addition the TCP Host will generate a “Heart
Beat” message to the FAST Comm application utilizing TCP/IP Sockets. This
message will be “ACK’d” back to the TCP Host indicating that the FAST Comm
application is operational.

The FAST Comm application will be the “Client”
in all TCP/IP Socket connections.

3.6.2.1.1                            Communications
Rules

Once a packet is sent, the TCP Host will wait
for a response on the same port the packet was sent before sending another
packet. The response can be an ACK for confirmation of accurate delivery, a NAK
indicating a need for a re­transmission, or no response, the latter indicating
the FAST Comm application is not operational or the packet was lost. If no
response is received within a timeout period, the packet will be resent. The
timeout period is set to 3 seconds.

If the Accu-Sort FAST Comm application does
not respond to the packet with an ACK or NAK, the TCP Host must resend the
packet. Theoretically, it is possible that the original packet was received
intact by the Accu-Sort system and the

 19
 

responding ACK was lost. This would result in
the FAST Comm application processing two or more copies of the same packet. The
duplicate packets would be received one after the other, sequentially. These
are referred to as sequential duplicates.

In most applications, the same exact packet
would never intentionally be sent twice. The Accu-Sort system will discard
sequential duplicates. They will be infrequent enough, if they even happen. The
Accu-Sort FAST Comm application must ACK the duplicate and then discards it.

3.6.2.1.2                            Receipt
Procedure

Receive a packet; check the STX and ETX.

·                     If
they are present, send an ACK.

·                     If
they are not present, send a NAK.

·                     If
the packet is different from the last one, process it, else, discard it.

3.6.2.1.3                            Heart
Beat Message

The TCP Host sends this message to the
Accu-Sort FAST Comm application on a pre-defined time interval (default set to
3 seconds) to ensure that communications are active. This message is only sent
during periods of inactivity.

	
  Field

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  Type

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  STX

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Start of Text Character

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Message #

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Unique Message ID

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  HEARTBEAT

  	
   

  	
  9

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  The word “Heartbeat”

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  ETX

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  End of Text Character

  

 

3.6.2.1.4                            Return
Message for Heart Beat Message

The TCP Host expects an ACK or NAK from the
Accu-Sort FAST Comm application within a predefined time. The TCP Host always
resends the message if it receives a NAK. If the TCP Host does not receive an
ACK or NAK, it resends the message a fixed number of times before disconnecting.

3.6.2.1.5                            Label
Download Process

The Label download contains information
required by FAST Label system for the generation of the bar coded shipping
label. In order for shipping labels to be printed and applied to the inbound
cartons, the Accu-Sort FAST Comm application system must complete the update of
the local database prior to the

 20
 

inbound cartons arriving at the FAST Label subsystem system for
labeling. This process is as follows:

·                     The
HOST will initiate a TCP/IP Sockets transmission to the FAST Comm application

·                     When
the FAST Comm application successfully receives the transmission, it shall
respond with an “ACK” signifying successful receipt of the transmission

3.6.2.2           Host Interface Summary

	
  HOST INTERFACE SUMMARY- Interface between FAST Comm Application and
  TCP Host

  
	
   

  
	
  The Vendor
  interface PC/device

  	
   

  	
  FAST Comm Application & PC

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Host computer

  	
   

  	
  PKMS

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Host operating
  system

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Host interface

  	
   

  	
  o
  Serial Communication 

  o Virtual Drive 

  o 5250 Emulation 

  o 3270 Emulation 

  o TCP/IP, Type: FTP 

  o Network: Windows
  NT/2000 peer-to-peer (shared drive) 

  x Other: TCP/IP
  Sockets

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Host software

  	
   

  	
  o
  None 

  o PCOMM 

  o Client Access 

  o 5250 Emulation: 

  o 3270 Emulation: 

  o TCP/IP Emulation: 

  o Other:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Transfer method

  	
   

  	
  o
  File Transfer 

  x Record By Record 

  o Other: Shared
  Directory

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Re-transmit
  protocol:

  	
   

  	
  o
  Automatic 

  o Request 

  o VENDOR standard
  (serial communications only) 

  x None 

  o N/A 

  o Other:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Error checking:

  	
   

  	
  o
  Header Records 

  x Real-time ack 

  o The Vendor Standard
  Protocol 

  o N/A 

  o Other: Deletion of
  downloaded file

  

 

 21
 

3.6.2.2.1         Interface
Description – Shipping Label Record

 

	
  Type

  	
   

  	
  o file 

  x
  record

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name of
  file/record (reference “interface summary”)

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Label

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  File/Record
  interface type

  	
   

  	
  x
  Downloaded From Host 

  o Uploaded To Host

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  File/Record
  contents

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Approx. number
  of records per transaction

  	
   

  	
  One

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  End of record
  character

  	
   

  	
  (ETX ASCII 03)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field delimiter

  	
   

  	
  None

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Record action

  	
   

  	
  o
  N/A 

  x Update Existing
  Record 

  o Overwrite Existing
  Record

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  File action

  	
   

  	
  o
  N/A 

  o Delete File After
  Download 

  o Save copy to Archive
  directory

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Transfer
  frequency

  	
   

  	
  x
  Real-Time 

  o Preset Intervals:
  every X minutes 

  o User Set-able
  Interval 

  o Preset Time: 

  o defined by customer
  (once per day)

  

 

3.6.2.2.2         Data
Record Layout – Label

	
  Type

  	
   

  	
  o file 

  x
  record

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name of
  file/record

  	
   

  	
  Label record

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  File/Record
  interface type

  	
   

  	
  x
  Downloaded From Host 

  o Uploaded To Host

  

 

	
  Field Description

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  Field Type

  	
   

  	
  Field Format

  
	
  STX

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  The Start of Text character

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Communication
  Transaction Number

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Character (Left Padded with “0” if less than 10)

  	
   

  	
  This is fixed length and should always be of size
  two. The transaction number starts from 01 and goes up to 99. The numbers are
  cyclic and revert back to 01 after 99. Every new message sent from the PKMS
  Host keeps incrementing this number by one. No two consecutive messages have
  the same transaction number.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Message Type

  	
   

  	
  8

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  It is always ADDLABEL.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Label Type

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Numeric

  	
   

  	
  1 = Inbound

  2 = Outbound

  (Not currently being used by the system)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  

 

 22
 

 

	
  Type

  	
   

  	
  o file 

  x
  record

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	 

	
  Receiving Label

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Up to 20 Digit Number representing the bar code data
  on the receiving label

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Estimated Weight

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  The estimated weight of the carton. There is an
  implied decimal point between the 3rd and 4th characters. For example, 10.25
  lbs. Would be transmitted as ‘01025’.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Sort Lane Destination

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Indicates the logical lane to which this carton should
  be sorted. This is a Logical lane identifier assigned by the Host.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Shipping Label

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Data to be used for label lookup from inbound
  scanner

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Tracking Number

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Only populated for outbound cartons and if present
  (Future use)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Tote number

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Tote # (Future use).

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  QC Flag

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Y = QC

  N = No QC

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date/Time Stamp

  	
   

  	
  13

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  YYYYMMDD HHMM

  (Military time)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Shipping Label print
  stream

  	
   

  	
  1550

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  The actual label data/printer stream for the Print
  & Apply printer

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Field Separator

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  Always “I”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ETX

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Character

  	
   

  	
  End of Text character.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Record Terminator:

  	
   

  	
  (ETX ASCII 03)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Total Record Length:

  (excluding terminator)

  	
   

  	
  1675

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
												

 

3.6.2.3           Bar Code Specifications

This section contains specific details of all
bar codes being scanned or printed by components within the system. Bar code
parameters are based on samples provided by the customer and prior
understanding of TCP requirements put forward on existing Accu-Sort FAST Label
applications.

 23
 

Any changes in bar code format, size, bar code quality, label stock,
printing methods, data content or any other parameters could affect the
performance of the scanners, printers and the entire system. It is critical
that these bar code specifications be confirmed and maintained as requirements.
Changes to the bar codes, which reduce scanner read rates, are not covered by
scanner warranty service trips.

 24
 

The bar codes pertinent to this system are as follows:

·                     Receiving
label

·                     Shipping
label

The following sections give details on each bar code in this system.

3.6.2.3.1                            Receiving
Label Bar Code

	
  Bar code Type

  	
   

  	
  Code 128

  
	
  Number of
  Characters

  	
   

  	
  20

  
	
  Bar code Pattern
  length (inches)

  	
   

  	
  2.875 inches

  
	
  Minimum bar
  height (inches)

  	
   

  	
  1.4375 inches

  
	
  Checksum (Y/N,
  Type)

  	
   

  	
  N

  
	
  Minimum narrow
  element (mils)

  	
   

  	
  .015

  
	
  Maximum wide
  element (mils)

  	
   

  	
  .050

  
	
  Bar color

  	
   

  	
  Black

  
	
  Space color

  	
   

  	
  White

  
	
  Print method

  	
   

  	
  o
  Direct thermal 

  o Thermal transfer 

  x Laser

  

 

Bar code Data Field Layout

 

	
  Field Position

  	
   

  	
  Field Description

  	
   

  	
  Field length

  	
   

  	
  Field Format

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Label

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  Code 128

  

 

3.6.2.3.2                            Shipping
Label Bar Code

	
  Bar code Type

  	
   

  	
  Code 128

  
	
  Number of
  Characters

  	
   

  	
  20

  
	
  Bar code Pattern
  length (inches)

  	
   

  	
  ? inches

  
	
  Minimum bar
  height (inches)

  	
   

  	
  1”

  
	
  Checksum (Y/N,
  Type)

  	
   

  	
  N

  
	
  Minimum narrow
  element (mils)

  	
   

  	
  0.20 mils

  
	
  Maximum wide
  element (mils)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bar color

  	
   

  	
  Black

  
	
  Space color

  	
   

  	
  White

  

 

 25
 

 

	
  Bar code Type

  	
   

  	
  Code 128

  
	
  Print method

  	
   

  	
  o Direct
  thermal 

  x Thermal transfer 

  o Laser 

  o Preprinted
  commercial press 

  o Ink Jet 

  o Dot Matrix

  o

  

 

Bar
code Data Field Layout

 

	
  Field Position

  	
   

  	
  Field Description

  	
   

  	
  Field length

  	
   

  	
  Field Format

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Label

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  Code 128

  

 

3.6.2.4                                 Package
Specification

This table defines the specifications for all packages handled by the
ship labeling system.

	
  Package Sizes and Weights

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum package
  length (inches)

  	
   

  	
  9”

  
	
  Maximum package
  length (inches)

  	
   

  	
  34”

  
	
  Minimum package
  width (inches)

  	
   

  	
  7”

  
	
  Maximum package
  width (inches)

  	
   

  	
  22”

  
	
  Minimum package
  height (inches)

  	
   

  	
  4.5”

  
	
  Maximum package
  height (inches)

  	
   

  	
  16”

  
	
  Minimum package
  weight

  	
   

  	
  2 lbs.

  
	
  Maximum package
  weight

  	
   

  	
  70 lbs.

  
	
  Other
  Package Parameters

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Package material

  	
   

  	
  Carton

  
	
  Package
  open/closed?

  	
   

  	
  Closed

  
	
  Package Taped
  (Y/N)?

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  
	
  Package Banded
  (Y/N)?

  	
   

  	
  Yes/No

  
	
  Package Wrapped
  (Y/N)?

  	
   

  	
  No

  
	
  If Yes, describe
  material

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Package/Wrapping
  Reflective (Y/N)?

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Irregular shape
  (Y/N)? (define)

  	
   

  	
  N

  
	
  If yes, define
  shape

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 26
 

 

	
  Package Sizes and Weights

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Package Color(s)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Labels Present
  on This Package

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  Locations where
  this box is processed

  	
   

  	
  Infeed to Print and Apply area.

  

 

NOTE As noted, if
requirements of the carton erector area vary from those on the table above,
please notify Accu-Sort immediately; design changes maybe required.

3.6.3        Shipping Label
Printer/Applicator

3.6.3.1     Printer Applicator Specifications

	
  FILL IN THE FOLLOWING FOR ALL PRINTER TYPES

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Printer
  manufacturer & model

  	
   

  	
  ID Tech Model 250 P/A with Sato 8485 SE print engine
  & right-hand tamp

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Type of label
  printer

  	
   

  	
  o
  Manual [table top] 

  x Printer/Applicator 

  o Blow o
  Tamp x Tamp-Blow

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Print method

  	
   

  	
  x
  Direct Thermal (no ribbon) 

  o Thermal Transfer
  (ribbon) 

  o Other:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Printer
  communicates to (is controlled by)

  	
   

  	
  LAP Computer

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Label stock/size

  	
   

  	
  4” X 6”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Names(s) of
  label(s) printed (reference LABEL section (16)

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Label

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Other
  information

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  FILL IN
  THE FOLLOWING FOR PRINTER APPLICATOR ONLY

  
	
   

  
	
  Application

  	
   

  	
  o
  Top Apply 

  x Side Apply o
  Front Apply

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Location of
  printer/applicator

  	
   

  	
  Left-side of conveyor

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Mounting by

  	
   

  	
  VENDOR

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Safety cage
  required (Y/N)?

  	
   

  	
  No

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  If YES, cage
  provided by

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Required
  air/tamp throw

  	
   

  	
  4” inches

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Compressed dry
  air supply

  	
   

  	
  80 PSI

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Positioning of
  label on carton (check all that apply)

  	
   

  	
  o
  Front Side x
  Leading edge 

  x Driver Side o
  Middle 

  o Passenger Side o
  Trailing edge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Conveyor belt
  height at applicator

  	
   

  	
  30”

  

 

 27
 

The serial port assignments for the shipping label printer/applicator
are as follows:

	
  PRINTER:

  	
   

  	
  Carton Printer/Applicator

  
	
  Port

  	
   

  	
  Device

  	
   

  	
  Type

  	
   

  	
  Baud

  	
   

  	
  Data

  	
   

  	
  Parity

  	
   

  	
  Stop

  	
   

  	
  Message Format

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  RS422

  	
   

  	
  19200

  	
   

  	
  8

  	
   

  	
  N

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Preformatted label information from Our Customer

  

 

3.6.3.2                                 Label
Specifications

This section contains details about label stock requirements for this
system’s labels and/or printers. Provision of quality label stock is the
responsibility of the end user. This proposal will provide an optional quantity
of 1,700,000 labels for testing/commissioning and start-up, after which the end
user will provide stock for production efforts going forward.

Label gap and adhesive are significant factors contributing to optimal
printer or printer/applicator operation and throughput. Accu-Sort recommends that
the end user obtains label stock either through the printer/applicator vendor
or through one of the vendor’s approved sources at least through the warranty
period. Failure to use approved or recommended stock could limit or void the
equipment warranty.

The labels pertinent to this system are as follows:

·                     Receiving/Inbound
Label – 4”x 4” (provided by others)

·                    Code-128,
20 character code, receiving label

·                    Code
128, 4 character code, Quantity (ignored by FAST Label system)

·                     Shipping/Outbound
Label – 4”x 6” (printed and applied in this implementation)

·                    Code-128,
20 character code, shipping label

·                    Code
128, 4 character code, (ignored by FAST Label system)

NOTE: As noted, if
requirements of the carton erector area vary from those described above, please
notify Accu-Sort immediately; design changes to the carton erector area maybe
required.

 28
 

3.6.3.2.1         Receiving Label

	
  STOCK SPECIFICATIONS

  
	
   

  
	
  LABEL NAME

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Label

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Function

  	
   

  	
  x
  Read Only 

  o Print Only 

  o Print & Read

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Printing method

  	
   

  	
  o
  Direct Thermal 

  o Thermal Transfer 

  x Laser

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Label stock type

  	
   

  	
  o
  Paper 

  o Kraft (Cardboard) 

  o Other:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Label size:

  	
   

  	
  Width: 4” inches

  Height: 4” inches

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Label gap

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Stock color

  	
   

  	
  White

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ink color

  	
   

  	
  Black

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Backing

  	
   

  	
  Paper

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

3.6.3.2.2                            Shipping
Label

	
  STOCK SPECIFICATIONS

  
	
   

  
	
  LABEL NAME

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Label

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Function

  	
   

  	
  o
  Read Only 

  o Print Only 

  x Print & Read

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Printing method

  	
   

  	
  o
  Direct Thermal 

  x Thermal Transfer 

  o Laser 

  o Dot Matrix 

  o Other:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Label stock type

  	
   

  	
  x
  Paper 

  o Kraft (Cardboard) 

  o Other:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Label size:

  	
   

  	
  Width: 4” inches Height: 6” inches

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Label gap

  	
   

  	
  Typically 3/8 – 5/8”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Stock color

  	
   

  	
  White

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ink color

  	
   

  	
  Black

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Label feed
  method

  	
   

  	
  x
  Roll 

  o Fan-Fold 

  o Not Applicable

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Roll diameter
  [0.0]

  	
   

  	
  Max for printer/applicator = 12”; 2,645 labels per
  roll

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Roll core
  diameter [I.D.]

  	
   

  	
  Typically 3”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Backing

  	
   

  	
  Paper

  

 

 29
 

3.6.3.3           PLC Interface

Status Information will be supplied between
FAST Label workstations and the Dematic PLC. These interlocks will be via dry
contact 120 VAC conveyor interlock connection to the conveyor PLC. An interlock
will be provided to shut down the conveyor if the FAST Label workstation is not
functioning properly (contact is closed when functional, open on error
condition). The following are the interface signals to be utilized.

·                     “OK to Run
Line x” - Signal from the FAST Label system to Conveyor system for each of the
two lines the FAST Label workstation supports. The contact is closed when
running and open for fault conditions or manual stoppages.

·                     “LPA #X
Operational” - Signal from the FAST Label system to Conveyor system for each of
the LPA machines. The contact is closed when the associated machine is running
and operational (not out of stock/ribbon) and open for fault conditions or
manual stoppages

·                     “Verify Fault
Line x” Signal from the FAST Label system to Conveyor system for each of the
LPA lines. The contact is closed for 500 ms when the associated carton fails
verification. This signal must be received by the PLC in a consistent point in
the carton’s travel.

3.6.4                 ID Technology Model 250 Printer Applicator

The ID Technology Model 250 is truly a “next
generation” label printer applicator. After extensive industry research and
consultation, the IDT250 was truly designed with the demands of today’s
automated lines in mind. The Model 250 features a microprocessor controlled,
electronic module with digitally displayed settings. There are no
potentiometers to turn and all settings are easily recalled from memory for
easy set up. Optional PLC outputs can easily be configured via the front panel
for simple integration with external systems. All key sub-assemblies are
modular, facilitating simple stocking of spare parts and uncomplicated parts
replacement. The applicator can be mounted in any orientation for top, bottom
or side label application.

3.6.4.1                                 ID
Technology Standard Features

·                     ID
Technology Series 250 Right Hand Tamp Printer Applicator with SATO 8485se, 203
DPI Print Engine

·                     3
Stage Beacon Stack Illuminating under the Following Conditions – Green, All
Systems Go – Amber, Label or Ribbon Low Supply Condition – Red, System
Fault/Off Line Condition

·                     LPA
Stand, Leveling Feet, Cantilever Design

·                     Tamp
Cylinder Stroke 4”

·                     Tamp-Jet
Pneumatics Upgrade

 30

 

	
  

  	
  ·  Delrin Tamp-Jet Pad – 4” x 6”

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  ·  Low Label Sensor

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  ·  Water/Air Separator Filter Kit

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  ·  Air Pressure Switch

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  ·  Product Detector Sensor

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  ·  Product Detector Sensor Mounting Hardware

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  ·  Unique Innovative Modular Design

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  ·  “Hot-Swap” Modules Drastically Reduce Downtime

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  ·  Simple Media Loading

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  ·  All Metal Construction

  	
   

  

 

	
  3.6.4.2

  	
  Printer Applicator Specifications

  

 

	
  Products:

  	
   

  	
  Corrugated Cartons

  
	
  Accuracy:

  	
   

  	
  +/- 1/8” exclusive of product variation – 98%
  consistency

  
	
  Label Size:

  	
   

  	
  4x6

  
	
  Material:

  	
   

  	
  Thermal Transfer Stock

  
	
  Copy:

  	
   

  	
  Bar Code w/ Human Readable

  
	
  Packaging:

  	
   

  	
  12” OD - 3” ID roll; 1/8” spacing, precision trim:
  labels rolled out; 2,645 labels per roll

  
	
  Electrical:

  	
   

  	
  115VAC 60 Cycle

  
	
  Air:

  	
   

  	
  2.5 CFM @ 60PSI

  

 

	
  3.6.4.3

  	
  Conveyor Characteristics

  

 

Please note: The two (2) - LPA solution requires 32
feet of conveyor length. Inclusion of a push reject diverter would add an
additional three (3) feet of overall length to the system footprint.

	
  Conveyor Width

  	
   

  	
  24.0”

  
	
  Carton Rate Each
  Line

  	
   

  	
  66 CPM – 33 CPM per labeler

  
	
  Hours per day

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
  Conveyor Speed
  (@ labeler)

  	
   

  	
  250 FPM

  
	
  Top of roller
  elevation

  	
   

  	
  30.0”

  
	
  Minimum Package
  Spacing

  	
   

  	
  14.0”

  
	
  Operating
  Environment

  	
   

  	
  Warehouse Distribution Center (Dusty)

  

 

 31
 

 

	
  3.6.4.4

  	
  System Throughput

  

 

The stated throughput
capability is calculated based on conveyor speeds, package pitch/spacing, and
other critical functional parameters outlined by Dematic for The Children’s
Place. These calculations do not imply hourly, daily or other averages that may
be affected by down time or other off-line situations.

The maximum throughput
requirement of the labeling system is 50 cartons per minute.

	
  3.6.5

  	
  System Equipment

  

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  FAST Label Database File Server

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SERVER, POWEREDGE 6000 SERIES, TOWER POWER SUPPLY,
  UNINTERRUPTABLE, SMART UPS 2200VA/1980W WITH 20A RECEPTICLES, RAID, 36GB
  AVAIL, REDUND PS & GB NIC; MONITOR, 17 IN. SVGA,.MIDNIGHT GRAY, .28MM,
  1600 X 1200; (Hardware, Dell)

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC ANYWHERE 32, HOST ONLY & SYBASE ADAPTIVE
  SERVER ANYWHERE, OEM/EMBEDDED, SERVER

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SOFTWARE, SERVER AND 5 CLIENT ACCESS LICENSE,
  WINDOWS SERVER 2003 STANDARD EDITION & SOFTWARE, 5 CLIENT ACCESS LICENSE
  ADDON, WINDOWS SERVER 2003

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  FAST Comm Application Workstation

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC, OPTIPLEX, PENTIUM 4, WIN XP, CDRW, MODEM, SM
  MINITOWER, 2 PCI, GB NIC; 56K EXTERNAL FAX MODEM AND CABLE ASSEMBLY

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC ANYWHERE 32, HOST & REMOTE; SYBASE ADAPTIVE
  SERVER ANYWHERE, OEM/EMBEDDED

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  FAST, Label Shipping System 12 Lines/1 PC per 2
  Lines/2-LPA per line

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  PC, OPTIPLEX, PENTIUM 4,W/ 17IN MONITOR, WIN XP,
  CDRW, MODEM, SM MINITOWER, 2 PCI, GB NIC; APC SMART UPS 700 UNINTERRUPTIBLE
  POWER SUPPLY

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY, PC WITH A/C, 31.46” DP, 2
  SHELVES, AC RH MOUNT

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC ANYWHERE 32, HOST & REMOTE;, STBASE ADAPTIVE
  SERVER ANYWHERE, OEM/EMBEDDED

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  ROCKETPORT, 16 PORT CNTRLLR & INTRFCE,
  RS232/RS422 (Hardware, Comtrol)

  
	
  10

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  PC SORT INTERFACE BRD ASSY REMOTE I/O, PCI
  (Hardware, Accu-Sort)

  
	
  11

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  ENCLOSURE- REMOTE I/O NODES; TACHOMETERS, PHOTOEYES,
  RELAYS, STAND

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  ETHERNET SWITCH, POWER CONNECT, 16 PORT 10/100,
  UNMANAGED (Hardware, Dell)

  
	
  13

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  INBOUND SCANNER- AXIOM 1L W/ACCESSORIES &
  MOUNTING STRUCTURE

  

 

 32
 

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  14

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  OUTBOUND
  SCANNER- AXIOM 1L W/ACCESSORIES & MOUNTING STRUCTURE

  
	
  15

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  PRINTER
  APPLICATOR, IDT SERIES 250, RIGHT HAND, SATO M-8485SE, TAMP-JET, 4” STROKE,
  LOW LABEL, BEACON, CANTILEVERED STAND

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Carton Erectors
  - Dual Sided LPA- 2 Lines/ 1-PC/2-LPA PER LINE

  
	
  16

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC, OPTIPLEX,
  PENTIUM 4, W/17IN MONITOR, WIN XP, CDRW, MODEM, SM MINITOWER, 2 PCI, GB NIC;
  APC SMART UPS 700 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY

  
	
  17

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  ENCLOSURE
  ASSEMBLY, PC WITH A/C, 31.46” DP, 2 SHELVES, AC RH MOUNT

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC ANYWHERE 32,
  HOST & REMOTE;, STBASE ADAPTIVE SERVER ANYWHERE, OEM/EMBEDDED

  
	
  19

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  ROCKETPORT, 16
  PORT CNTRLLR & INTRFCE, RS232/RS422 (Hardware, Comtrol)

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC SORT
  INTERFACE BRD ASSY REMOTE I/O, PCI (Hardware, Accu-Sort)

  
	
  21

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  ENCLOSURE-
  REMOTE I/O NODES; TACHOMETERS, PHOTOEYES, RELAYS, STAND

  
	
  22

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  INBOUND SCANNER-
  AXIOM 1L W/ACCESSORIES & MOUNTING STRUCTURE

  
	
  23

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  OUTBOUND
  SCANNER- AXIOM 1L W/ACCESSORIES & MOUNTING STRUCTURE

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  PRINTER
  APPLICATOR, IDT SERIES 250, RIGHT HAND, SATO M-8485SE, TAMP-JET, 4” STROKE,
  LOW LABEL, BEACON, CANTILEVERED STAND

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Services

  
	
  25

  	
   

  	
  lot

  	
   

  	
  SYSTEMS SOFTWARE
  AND PROJECT SERVICES (Software and Services, Accu-Sort)

  
	
  26

  	
   

  	
  lot

  	
   

  	
  COMMISSIONING BY
  ACCU-SORT TECHNICAL SERVICES & LPA VENDOR

  
	
  27

  	
   

  	
  lot

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED 24/7
  SUPPORT, FIRST YEAR (Services, Accu-Sort)

  

 

	
  3.6.5.1

  	
  Optional Cold Back-Up Database File Server-
  Fully Configured

  

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SERVER,
  POWEREDGE 6000 SERIES, TOWER POWER SUPPLY, UNINTERRUPTABLE, SMART UPS
  2200VA/1980W WITH 20A RECEPTICLES, RAID, 36GB AVAIL, REDUND PS & GB NIC;

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC ANYWHERE 32,
  HOST ONLY & SYBASE ADAPTIVE SERVER ANYWHERE, OEM/EMBEDDED, SERVER

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SOFTWARE, SERVER
  AND 5 CLIENT ACCESS LICENSE, WINDOWS SERVER 2003 STANDARD EDITION &
  SOFTWARE, 5 CLIENT ACCESS LICENSE ADDON, WINDOWS SERVER 2003

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SYSTEMS SOFTWARE
  AND PROJECT SERVICES (Software and Services, Accu-Sort)

  

 

 33
 

 

	
  3.6.5.2

  	
  Optional FAST Label/Comm Cold Back-Up PC

  

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  DELL OPTIPLEX GX260T, WIN2K, CDRW, MODEM, MT/DT,
  ETHERNET

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  ROCKETPORT, 16 PORT CNTRLLR & INTRFCE,
  RS232/RS422 (Hardware, Comtrol)

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC ANYWHERE 32, HOST & REMOTE;, STBASE ADAPTIVE
  SERVER ANYWHERE, OEM/EMBEDDED

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PC SORT INTERFACE BRD ASSY REMOTE I/O, PCI
  (Hardware, Accu-Sort)

  

 

	
  3.6.5.3

  	
  Optional One- Week of Start-Up Support

  

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  LOT

  	
   

  	
  Additional Week of Site Time after Commissioning and
  Training w/ ASI Technical Services and Software Personnel- During Normal
  Business Hours (Services, Accu-Sort)

  

 

 34
 

3.7      Trailer Unloaders

3.7.1        Maxx Reach Telescopic
Receiving Conveyors (Traversing)

Model MR-3 25/80-24 (Traversing) Qty 5

·                     w/
Power Traverse  with
Operator Platform

·                     w/
Raised Belt Transfer (8”
RBT) to transition cartons from

·                     the
un-loader up to the belt incline

·                     w/
Electrical Interface Kit to interlock the loader with decline conveyor

·                     (Belt
Status and E-Stop Status)

·                     w/
Lights located at operators end

·                     w/
Heavy Duty Impact Zone on infeed end- Serves as landing spot

·                     w/
24” Wide Belt

3.7.1.1                                 Optional
Equipment for Traversing Units

·                     Traverse
Track- Flush mounted with embedded restraint

·                     C-Track
Power Festoon System

·                     (12
Conductor cable, 14 AWG, 40lb load, all steel, sealed bearings)

·                     Traverse
Photo eye Safety System

·                     In
Position Photo eye System

Application Note: The System quoted above has 55’ of overall
extension. This allows the unit to set back from the wall 6’ and penetrate the
trailer 48’. The set back and extension into the trailer can be confirmed once
a layout is generated.

3.7.1.2                                 Technical
Specifications

1.            Length Fully
Extended    80’3”

2.            Retracted
Length    25’3”

3.            Extension    55’-0”

4.            Overall
Height    38.5”

5.            Overall
Width    47”

6.            Belt
Width    24”

7.            Belt
Type    2 Ply PVC

8.            Belt
Speed    60 to 120 FPM (To be Determined)

9.            Belt
Direction    Loading

 35
 

10.                   Belt
Drive    Drum motor

11.                   Telescopic
Movement   Gear Motor with dual synchronized chains

12.                   Extension
Speed    45 FPM

13.                   Power
Supply    3 Phase, 480 Volts 60 Hertz

14.                   Load
Capacity    35 lbs/ft

15.                   Control
Voltage  120 VAC

16.                   Color    Per
Customers Request

17.                   Electrical
Interface Kit for    ( Belt Status & E-Stop Status)

18.                   Control
Panels-Master control panel on left side at rear of unit and operational
control panel in Face of front boom, includes safety operations bar.

19.                   Standard
Operator Controls include- Belt Start & Stop, Belt Extend & Retract,
E-Stop, Lights On/Off, & Extension Stop Bar

 36
 

3.8      Trailer Loaders

3.8.1        Maxx Reach Telescopic Belt
Loaders - (MR3 MODEL)

Model: MR3 25/80-24” (Fixed
Base)        Qty 42

·                            w/
Front Lights at Operators End

·                            w/
Electrical Interface Kit for (Belt & E-stop Status)

·                            w/
Photo Eye Flow Control – to control the flow of cartons

·                            w/
24” Wide Belt

3.8.1.1                                 Optional
Equipment

Herringbone
Transition    Qty 42

The herringbone transition
assists in centering the carton while providing a smooth transition from the
decline onto the belt loader.

3.8.1.2                                 Technical
Specifications

1.                         Length
Fully Extended    80’3”

2.                         Retracted
Length    25’3”

3.                         Extension    55’-0”

4.                         Overall
Height    38.5”

5.                         Overall
Width    47”

6.                         Belt
Width    24”

7.                         Belt
Type    2 Ply PVC

8.                         Belt
Speed    60 to 120 FPM (To be Determined)

9.                         Belt
Direction    Loading

10.                   Belt
Drive    Drum motor

11.                   Telescopic
Movement    Gear Motor with dual synchronized chains

12.                   Extension
Speed    45 FPM

13.                   Power
Supply    3 Phase, 480 Volts 60 Hertz

14.                   Load
Capacity    35 lbs/ft

15.                   Control
Voltage    120 VAC

16.                   Color    Per
Customers Request

17.                   Electrical
Interface Kit for    (Belt Status & E-Stop Status)

 37
 

18.                   Control
Panels–Master control panel on left side at rear of unit and operational
control panel in Face of front boom, includes safety operations bar.

19.                   Standard
Operator Controls include- Belt Start & Stop, Belt Extend & Retract,
E-Stop, Lights On/Off, & Extension Stop Bar

 38
 

3.9      Overhead Conveyor System (Pacline C-250
Enclosed Chain)

3.9.1                     Items to be Handled

1.                  The
subject system will be used to carry empty cardboard boxes, with the following
sizes:

	
  Product

  	
   

  	
  Length- Min /
  Max 

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Width- Min / Max

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Height- Min /Max

  (inches)

  
	
  Empty Box

  	
   

  	
  8” / 20.25”

  	
   

  	
  12.25” / 15.875”

  	
   

  	
  16.25” / 23.5”

  

 

2.                  This
quotation includes 600 single-hook carriers for conveyor “A” and 550
single-hook carriers for conveyor ‘B’. Single-hook carrier type shown on
drawing 13486-2 Rev. A. It is assumed that all empty cardboard boxes are
conveyable on these carriers, though it is recommended that samples of these
cardboard boxes be supplied to Pacline for prototype testing and approval. Any
subsequent changes in design may result in a corresponding cost change to be
issued to the customer in the form of a “Change Order”.

3.                  The
carriers have been spaced at 4’-0” c-c.
The spacing of the carriers and the conveyor speed will affect the throughput
of the overhead system.

3.9.2   Mechanical Equipment

1.                  This is a multiple drive system. Care
has been taken to space the drives evenly over the length of the conveyor.

2.                  Elevation
changes of 6 & 30 degrees are included.

3.                  The
drive unit, curves, track clamps and chain will be zinc-plated.

4.                  This
system will operate at a variable speed range of 25 FPM to 50 FPM.

5.                  The
conveyor chain must be properly lubricated in order to avoid premature wear. An
automatic lubricator is included. A suitable maintenance schedule outlining
chain-oiling intervals should be established.

6.                  The design of overhead chain conveyors is such
that lubricant or debris may fall on products below. This may occur due to
over-lubrication or a dusty environment. For this reason, Pacline has included
drip trays that will safeguard against contamination of customer products.

3.9.3   Supports

1.                  This
quotation includes floor supports and ceiling supports that consist of
beam clamps, sway braces, hanger pipe and all header steel.

2.                  Floor
support locations are for all areas
under the mezzanine on the lower level. The conveyor will be supported at an
elevation to provide a minimum

 39
 

bottom of carrier height clearance of 6’-0”.
The floor supports will typically consist of 3” x 3” H.S.S. posts with 10” x 10”
base plates and 3” angle arms painted Pacline Blue.

3.                  The
following assumptions have been made for the ceiling supports any subsequent
changes in design may result in a
corresponding cost change to be issued to the customer in the form of a “Change
Order”:

·                    Truss
spacing of 6’-4”

·                    Maximum
truss height of 35’-6” to underside

·                    Open
web steel joist design

4.                  Pacline
accepts no responsibility for building strength and integrity. Pacline will
supply estimated loads and loading points to customer for approval during
project engineering.

3.9.4   Safety Guarding

1.                  Safety
guarding is included for all portions of the system above the mezzanine where
the bottom of the conveyor track is at 10’- 6” elevation on the 30 deg inclines
only. As safety regulations vary with country, region and customer, Pacline
accepts no responsibility for meeting safety codes in regard to safety
guarding. Changes in design may result in a corresponding cost change to be
issued to the customer in the form of a “Change Order”.

2.                  Safety
guarding type to be used is a nylon mesh type.

3.9.5   Installation

1.                  Non-union
mechanical installation is included.

2.                  The
installation will be conducted on regular hours, 7:30 a.m. until 5:30 p.m. with
total access to the installation area of the system.

3.                  Customer
to receive the equipment shipped by Pacline to site. This may include awkward
items such as standard crates 3’ x 3’ x 11’, floor supports shipped loose,
structural steel shipped loose, safety guarding and structural frames shipped
loose, etc.

4.                  Pacline
will supply all mobile equipment.

5.                  Customer
to supply power for a Pacline welding machine.

6.                  115V
power for hand tools and lights must be made available throughout the
installation area.

3.9.6   Electrical

1.                  Non-union
electrical installation is included.

2.                  Electrical
wiring of the panel, automatic oiler, motors and any other specified electrical
devices is included.

 40
 

3.                  A
single 3’ x 3’ electrical control panel for each system (similar to attached
Pacline drawing 13486.E100 Rev. A attached) containing variable speed
controllers, disconnect, line/ load reactor, etc., is included.

4.                  Each
drive unit will be equipped with its own variable frequency drive. These VFD’s
will be linked to each other to ensure that all four drives are running at the
same speed.

5.                  Each
motor will be equipped with a shock relay.

6.                  Devices
and panels will be mounted in the most economical location.

7.                  The
customer will be responsible for bringing 480 V/ 3 PH/ 60 Hz feed power and
control signal wires (run/stop) into the single Pacline control cabinet
included herein. Pacline’s conveyors will be started and stopped from the main
control panel via these wires. Power will be fed to Pacline’s panel from the
Roller Conveyor panel. If a roller conveyor e-stop is activated, the power will
be dropped to the Pacline panel.

8.                  This
quotation is based on having the feed power and run/ stop signals available at
the time of the installation so that Pacline does not have to leave site and
return later.

9.                  E-stops
are not provided. The customer will utilize it’s e-stop pullcords and e-stop
pushbuttons to drop power to the overhead chain conveyors as required.

10.            The
Customer will also be responsible for bringing 115/ 1/ 60 feed power
(terminated by duplex receptacle) to the lubricator.

11.            EMT
thinwall conduit is included and will be routed in the most economical way

12.            The
installation will be conducted on regular hours, 7:30 a.m. until 5:30 p.m. with
total access to the installation area of the system.

13.            At
the time of quoting, an electrical specification was not provided. Pacline
reserves the right to re-quote the project if the customer issues an electrical
specification prior to, at the time of, or after purchase order issue.

3.9.7                  Additional Documents

1.                  Drawing
13486-Rev. A. – Carrier – Single Hook – (Preliminary)

2.                  Drawing
13486-E100. Rev. A. – Control Panel

 41
 

 42
 

 43
 

3.10           Platform

Manufacturers of - Mezzanines - Vertical Lifts
- Protective Rail Systems - Custom Steel Fabrication Solutions

The quotation includes the following:

·                     5 structures totaling approximately 156,000 square feet.

·                     125 PSF plus under hung loads per Andy’s drawings.

·                     20 gauge roof deck with Resindek LD with grey finish.

·                     50’ x 58’ foot spans to match building columns (PTL structure only).

·                     20’ and 25’ spans on balance of structures. Final column layout to be
decided by Dematic and Wildeck.

·                     Kick plate at all edges.

·                     42”
high guardrail at exposed edges not protected by conveyor.

·                     12 sets of stairs to upper structures.

·                     6 caged ladders to lower structures.

·                     All necessary hardware.

·                     Openings as needed. Locations to be flexible to fit framing and
conveyors.

·                     Footings are
by others. Shimming (if required) is by others.

 44
 

4                            Controls
Resale Equipment Details

4.1                  GSMi Visualization System

4.1.1        Hardware Requirements

The following is a list of hardware components for the GSMi server. Additional hardware may be
necessary, depending on the OPC interface to the conveyor controllers (PLCs).

	
  GSMi Server Hardware -
  minimum requirements

  	
   

  	
  Quantity

  
	
  Dell Desktop
  Mini-tower, Pentium IV, 1 GHz computer with 80 GB hard drive, 1GB RAM

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  10/100 BaseT
  Network Interface Card (may be on motherboard)

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  19” color
  monitor

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  Modem

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  UPS
  (Un-interruptible Power Supply)

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  Surge Suppressor

  	
   

  	
  1

  

 

	
  GSMi Client (workstation)
  Hardware - minimum requirements

  	
   

  	
  Quantity

  
	
  Pentium, with
  200 MB free on hard drive, 128 MB RAM

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  10/100 BaseT
  Network Interface Card (may be on motherboard)

  	
   

  	
  1

  

 

 45
 

4.1.2   Software Requirements

The following is a list of software components for the
GSMi server. Additional software
may be necessary, depending on the OPC interface to the conveyor controllers
(PLCs).

	
  GSMi Server Software -
  minimum requirements

  	
   

  	
  Quantity

  
	
  Windows XP Pro

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  ICONICS
  Genesis32 Enterprise Edition

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  Control network
  interface software

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  Backup Software

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  Antivirus
  Software

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  Remote Support
  Software

  	
   

  	
  1

  

 

	
  GSMi Client (workstation)
  Software - minimum requirements

  	
   

  	
  Quantity

  
	
  Microsoft® Internet Explorer Version 6.0 or higher

  	
   

  	
  1

  

 

 46
 

4.2                Scanners

4.2.1        Specifications

4.2.1.1                                 Bar
Code

	
  Codes

  	
   

  	
  A

  
	
  Symbology

  	
   

  	
  Code 128 “C”

  
	
  Characters

  	
   

  	
  20

  
	
  Min. Narrow
  Element

  	
   

  	
  .015”

  
	
  Max. Wide
  Element

  	
   

  	
  .060”

  
	
  Pattern Height

  	
   

  	
  1.38”

  
	
  Pattern Length

  	
   

  	
  2.75”

  
	
  Print Method

  	
   

  	
  Thermal Transfer

  
	
  Comments

  	
   

  	
  Side/Ladder

  

 

4.2.1.2                                 Carton
Characteristics

·                     Minimum:
9.0”L x 7.0”W x 4.5”H

·                     Maximum:
34.0”L x 22.0”W x 16.0”H

4.2.1.3                                 Material
Handling

·                     Type:
Belt

·                     Width:
30.0”

·                     Speed:
350-540fpm

·                     Minimum
Product Spacing: 8.0”

·                     Carton
Orientation: non Edge Aligned

4.2.1.4                                 Scanning
System Configuration

·                     Scanner:
Axiom 2L/1M Line Scanner w/DRX

·                     Near
Reading Distance: 22.0”

·                     Far
Reading Distance: 45.0”

 47

·                            Total
Depth Of Field: 23.0”

·                            Scan
Window: 22.0” @ 22.0”

4.2.1.5                                 Scanning
System Communications

·                            Interface:
RS-422

·                            Baud
Rate: 9600

·                            Data
Bits: 7

·                            Stop
Bits: 2

·                            Parity:
Odd

·                            Output
Message Configuration: DATA (20) CR

·                            No-Read
Message: 0’s in DATA Field

·                            Multiple
Message: 9’s in DATA Field

·                            Relay:
1

·                            Relay Function: No-read

NOTE Multiple Read is identified when there is two
(2) bar codes presented during a single read cycle of the same symbology and
character length.

 48
 

5         Computer
Resale Information

5.1      SortDirector
System Deliverables

5.1.1   Computer
Hardware

	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  2 primary

  	
   

  	
  PROLIANT ML370 G4 XEON-DP 3.2G 1GHZ 1MB Cache 1GB
  Array Rack

  
	
  2 back-up

  	
   

  	
  PROLIANT ML370 G4 XEON-DP 3.2G 1GHZ 1MB Cache 1GB
  Array Rack

  
	
  2 primary

  	
   

  	
  XEON 3.2G/1G 1MB Processor for ML370 G4

  
	
  2 back-up

  	
   

  	
  XEON 3.2G/1G 1MB Processor for ML370 G4

  
	
  2 primary

  	
   

  	
  1GB PC2700 DDR SDRAM 1X1GB

  
	
  2 back-up

  	
   

  	
  1GB PC2700 DDR SDRAM 1X1GB

  
	
  2 primary

  	
   

  	
  Wide ULTRA3 PCI Single Channel HD68 PROLIANT SCSI
  Controller

  
	
  2 back-up

  	
   

  	
  Wide ULTRA3 PCI Single Channel HD68 PROLIANT SCSI
  Controller

  
	
  2 primary

  	
   

  	
  20/40GB DDS4 DAT40I SCSI U2/LVD 3/6MB

  
	
  2 back-up

  	
   

  	
  20/40GB DDS4 DAT40I SCSI U2/LVD 3/6MB

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  36GB 15K U320 Pluggable Universal Hard Drive

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  DC5j000 MT dvd/cdrw

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1.44M Floppy drive

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  17 in. LCD Flat Panel Monitor

  
	
  1 Lot

  	
   

  	
  Connectors, Cables, Switches, etc.

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  UPS R3000 XR Low Voltage and 6-port serial card

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Rack system to contain all computer equipment

  

 

5.1.2   Computer
Software

Both vendor supplied software
and Dematic supplied software are required for the SortDirector installation.
Licenses are required for vendor software and will become the property of The
Children’s Place. Dematic will install and verify the vendor supplied software
is operational (along with the hardware components for the server computer
equipment) before shipping the equipment to The Children’s Place.

 49
 

5.2                  Shelf Mounted
PickDirector Hardware

The following items are
mounted either in the rack structure or on the rack face in the put modules:

	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  10

  	
   

  	
  NetController Panel / 8 Power Supplies & 4
  Converters

  
	
  320

  	
   

  	
  BayDisplay

  
	
  2640

  	
   

  	
  MaxiPick

  
	
  160

  	
   

  	
  ComPort

  
	
  83

  	
   

  	
  EndCap (Right Hand)

  
	
  83

  	
   

  	
  EndCap (Left Hand)

  
	
  40

  	
   

  	
  Terminating Resistor

  
	
  5960 ft

  	
   

  	
  PowerRail Assembly

  
	
  160

  	
   

  	
  Wireless Scanner, Symbol LS3478 with Radio-Charging
  Cradle and Battery

  
	
  40

  	
   

  	
  Symbol 4 Slot Battery Charger with Line cord and
  Adapter

  

 

5.2.1        Spare PickDirector
Hardware

The following items are
provided as spares:

	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  Converter

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NetController

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  Power Supply

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  BayDisplay

  
	
  50

  	
   

  	
  MaxiPick

  
	
  16

  	
   

  	
  ComPort

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  EndCap (Right Hand)

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  EndCap (Left Hand)

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  Wireless Scanner, Symbol LS3478 with Radio-Charging
  Cradle and Battery

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  Wireless Scanner, Symbol LS3478 with Battery Only

  
	
  17

  	
   

  	
  Wireless Scanner batteries

  

 50
 

6                            Installation

1.                         The
mechanical, electrical, controls, and field wiring installation, unless
otherwise specified, will be provided by Dematic.

2.                         Installation
is based on utilizing non-union / non-prevailing wage labor on a straight time,
first shift basis, with work occurring during normal working hours (8:00 AM to
5:00 PM), Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. If payment of union or
prevailing wages is required, the Base System Price will be increased and The Children’s
Place will be responsible for the additional charges.

3.                         The
Children’s Place acknowledges that the proposed installation may be performed
on a non-union wage basis only if all building tradesmen are absent from the
installation site during the period when Dematic’s installation crew or its
subcontractors will be on the job site.

4.                         Dematic
will receive, unload, and move the equipment to the assigned storage area
(provided by The Children’s Place). The equipment is to be stored within 200
feet of its intended installation location.

5.                         Dematic
will move equipment from storage to the installation area.

6.                         Installation
is to be performed in accordance with the agreed upon Project Schedule. Any
delay, acceleration, or other variation in the installation may involve an
adjustment to the Sales Agreement price and/or the Schedule.

6.1                  Mechanical
Installation Practices

Proper mechanical
installation is vital for the equipment to operate as described in this
Proposal. The following installation standards summarize Dematic installation
techniques and procedures for installing material handling equipment. The
installation standards show the importance Dematic places on quality
installation.

6.1.1        Dimensional Reference
Points

A baseline will be
established by measuring from the centerline of two building columns, one at
each end of the installation site. This will be done in both the north / south,
and east / west directions, as agreed upon by The Children’s Place and Dematic.
All subsequent centerlines for the conveyor system will be taken from these
established baselines. Conveyors will be installed with the centerline of the
bed matching the centerline of the conveyor path through the use of a template
and plumb line or other acceptable means. All necessary dimensions will be
shown on the layout drawings.

 51
 

6.1.2   Elevations

Conveyors will be installed
in accordance with the elevation indicated on the Approved layout drawings.
After the first elevation is established, the elevation of all other points
will be related to this first point. The practice of dimensioning elevations
from the floor at each point of support will not be followed. When the floor
level changes significantly, such as the system going to an upper or lower
floor or into another building or room, a new elevation will be established
from the floor at that point. This new elevation will then become the reference
for subsequent elevations.

All conveyor beds will be
leveled at right angles and in the direction of travel, unless otherwise
specified. Conveyor elevations are measured to the top of the conveying
surface.

6.1.3   Floor
Mounting Conveyor

Anchoring will be
accomplished by drilling into the floor and inserting an anchor bolt.
Intermediate stands will be anchored with 3/8 inch diameter bolts, one in each
support assembly. Support stands for drives will be anchored with 1/2 inch
diameter bolts, two per support assembly and four per drive. Explosive type
anchors will not be used.

6.1.4   Ceiling
Hanging Conveyor

Overhead support will be
accomplished by bolted connections. Intermediate structural steel members will
be attached to the building structure by approved clamping methods using A325
fasteners. Threaded rod hangers that are 5/8 inch diameter will be provided to
suspend the conveyor and components.

6.1.5   Welding

The Children’s Place will
permit Dematic and/or Dematic’s subcontractors to weld or flame cut at the
installation site as necessary to modify equipment for proper installation.
Dematic will conform to all OSHA regulations including “Hot Work” permits if
required. Copies of all required permits to be supplied to all parties prior to
performance of work noted on such permits.

6.1.6   Field
Painting

All exposed field steel
supplied by Dematic or its subcontractors, unless otherwise specified, will be
touch-up painted to match the painted finish of the equipment (Light grey RAL
7035). This includes hangers, headers, special supports, braces, etc. All
painted equipment surfaces altered during the erection process will be touched
up in the field.

 52
 

6.2      Electrical
Installation Practices

Electrical wiring of the
proposed motors and control devices is included in this Proposal.

1.                         The
field wiring installation from the proposed control cabinet(s) to Dematic’s
supplied motors and control devices will be provided by Dematic.

2.                         Dematic
will provide wiring from the existing power source (by others) to the proposed
control cabinet(s). The Children’s Place is to ensure sufficient capacity is
available and provide circuit breakers.

3.                         The
Children’s Place will provide any required interface wiring between the
material handling system and equipment provided by others.

Installation of this system
will be performed using Dematic standards for electrical installation. A
description of Dematic electrical installation standards follows.

Installation will conform to
NEC and any local and/or state codes that may apply. All material supplied for
field wiring will be UL listed. All field wiring will be verified for proper
termination, identification, and operation by employing installation run-in
procedures.

6.2.1   Conduit
and Wireways

EMT conduit fitting will be
of compression type. Galvanized rigid conduit (GRS) will be used where conduit
is placed on concrete floors or is subject to physical damage. Conduit and
wireway will be run parallel to or perpendicular to the conveyor or building
structure. Conduit will be attached to guardrails where applicable. Wireways
will be used where large numbers of wires and multiple devices are to be
installed. Conduit and wireways will be properly installed, supported, and
terminated pursuant to NEC standards.

Conduit installed on or near
equipment will not obstruct the movement of product loading and unloading, as
it could cause damage to conduit and conduit supports. Conduit will not be attached
to the side of picking conveyors, but rather the underside of picking conveyors
or racks to avoid damage from product loading/unloading. Conduit on or near
equipment will be mounted clear from mechanical and electrical adjustable
brackets or hardware.

When flexible conduit is
required, liquid tight flexible conduit will be used in lengths not to exceed
the minimum needed to allow proper movement. No EMT, GRS, or flexible conduit
will be smaller than 1/2 inch trade size. Conduit wire fill will not exceed NEC
standards.

Standard wiring harnesses are
used to connect the control modules

 53
 

The power harness runs in the lower side channel, the
Open Network (LCON) cable runs in the middle of the side channel from control
module to control module, and the PROFInet cable runs in the top of the side
channel.

The physical separation of the higher voltage power
cabling, the LCON, and the Ethernet help reduce Electromagnetic Interface
(EMI).

By running industrial cabling in the side channel at
the point of manufacture, the need for Electrical Metallic Conduit (EMC) is
reduced.

6.2.2        Junction Terminal and Pull
Boxes

Pull boxes or fittings will be installed at required
intervals and properly supported per NEC. Junction and pull boxes will be of
adequate size, pursuant to NEC standards, and will not put pressure on splices
and wire insulation when such boxes are closed. A maximum of ten splices will
be allowed in a junction box. When more than ten splices are necessary,
terminal strips will be provided. Generally, junction boxes will be installed
in lieu of conduit fittings, where practical, in order to facilitate future
additions and deletions of conduit and devices.

6.2.3        Field Wiring

Color coding of field wiring will be as follows:

	
  Wire Color

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  Brown, Orange,
  and Yellow

  	
   

  	
  Line and load of 480 AC motor circuits

  
	
  Red

  	
   

  	
  AC control circuits, 150 volts and below

  
	
  Blue

  	
   

  	
  DC supply circuits, 150 volts and below

  
	
  Blue

  	
   

  	
  DC control circuits, 150 volts and below

  
	
  Yellow with red
  stripe

  	
   

  	
  Interlock control circuits and wiring from external
  power sources

  
	
  Green

  	
   

  	
  Equipment grounding conductors (w/ or w/o yellow
  tracer)

  
	
  White

  	
   

  	
  Grounded AC circuit conductors

  
	
  Gray

  	
   

  	
  Grounded DC circuit conductors

  

 

NOTE Conductors,
assigned by numbers, will carry the same color for the entire length of the
conductor

·                            All
single conductor control wiring will be #14 THHN or THWN stranded copper wire
unless otherwise specified or distributed I/O is utilized

·                            All
motor wiring will be a minimum of #12 THHN or THWN stranded copper wire

 54
 

·                            All
wiring will be increased in size in order to compensate for any voltage drop
due to length of the conductors

·                            Conductors
for frequency controlled circuits and clean AC or DC circuits will be isolated
from other conductors as prescribed by Dematic Controls Engineering

·                            A
minimum of ten percent spare #14 red control wires will be installed in each
main conduit run and between control cabinets and associated consoles

·                            A
minimum of six and a maximum of ten #14 control wires will be installed in each
wireway run

·                            Spare
control wires will be labeled with a “Brady Marker” designating control cabinet
or console source. (For example cc1-sp1 for spare number 1 originating from
control cabinet number 1)

·                            When
three or less conductors are spliced, a “scotchlok” or equivalent wire nut
connector may be used if the correct wire nut connector is used for the wire
being terminated and a sound termination can be made

·                            All
splices will be marked with printed “Brady Markers” or an equivalent permanent
marker with the proper wire number per control drawings

·                            If
“generic” numbers are used for pulling purposes, they will be replaced with the
proper wire number per control drawings

·                            Terminal
connections at control devices, control centers, and junction boxes will be
marked with “Brady” markers or an equivalent marker

6.2.4        Splicing Requirements

·                            Splices
are not allowed in conduit. Splices are allowed in wireways and wiring troughs
only if splices are accessible and made in a manner as to not apply pressure to
the termination (that is, a wire nut splice or termination will have adequate
slack with preferably a bank of electrical tape or knot tied in order to secure
all wires no less than 6 inches from the splice or termination).

·                            Cable
will be run continuously from terminal-to-terminal without splices. Cables will
be run in bridle rings when protected by building structures or equipment and
will be protected by conduit where subject to physical damage, unless otherwise
specified.

6.2.5        Devices

·                            All
limit switches, photo controls, motors, solenoids, or other devices will be
attached with liquid tight flexible conduit or cord

·                            Flexible
conduit will not exceed 4 feet – 6 inches in length and will provide for 12
inch adjustment in either direction from original position, per dimensioned
control layout drawings

 55
 

·                            All
photoeye, limit switch, solenoid, disconnect switch, and bracket mounted
devices will have brackets bolted with hex bolts and nuts of 1/4 inch minimum

·                            All
devices will be adjusted for proper alignment, travel, and/or position and
properly tightened to avoid misalignment due to vibration

·                            All
hole-punched or drilled-in conveyor surfaces for photoeyes, reflectors, or any
other devices will be filed smooth as to not interfere with product flow

·                            All
field devices will be properly labeled with an assigned control number per
schematics unless another type label is specified

·                            All
control and pushbutton stations will be located and properly mounted per layout
drawings unless otherwise specified.

·                            All
pull cords will be installed with eyebolts at intervals not exceeding 12 feet
and will properly activate the attached limit switch without excessive force

·                             Slack
will be kept to a minimum, still allowing for activation of the switch

·                             Two
cable clamps or Dematic cable terminators are required at each cable
termination

·                             Turnbuckles
and/or pulleys will be installed as specified by Dematic System Engineering

 56
 

7                            Proposal
Specifications

7.1                  General

1.                         Dematic
will receive, unload, and move the equipment to the assigned storage area. The
equipment is to be stored near its intended installation location. The space
required to adequately store and prepare the equipment for installation will be
20,000 square feet.

2.                         The
Children’s Place will permit Dematic and/or Dematic subcontractors to burn and
weld at the installation site.

7.2                  The Children’s
Place Deliverables

The Children’s Place is
responsible for the following:

1.                         The
project coordination involving all contractors employed by The Children’s
Place, as required, to help ensure that work is completed in accordance with
the project schedule.

2.                         Any
mechanical and electrical interface with peripheral equipment, process control,
or process supplies, not specifically included in this Proposal.

3.                         Supply,
install, connect and make operative: Host computer(s), interface and any
equipment for the interface, peripherals and system software including
field-located devices. Provide any required applications software, including
installation, startup, debug, testing, and documentation.

4.                         Provide
the Ethernet LAN and Ethernet LAN drops with appropriate connectors to each
Dematic-supplied computer.

5.                         Dedicated
VPN access is to be provided.

6.                         Two
20 Amp, 120V standard receptacles for the Dematic supplied computer(s) are
required. Also, one additional 30 Amp. 120V twist lock plug receptacle on a
separate circuit is required for the air conditioning unit, if purchased.

7.                         120
Volt convenience outlets for all MHS equipment, computer equipment, and Dematic
UPS unit(s).

8.                         Provide
an appropriate operating environment for all computers and components. System
components typically require environments as follows:

a.                          Temperature: 15-32 degrees Centigrade
(59-90 degrees Fahrenheit). (Controlled for units in environmental enclosures.)

b.                         Relative Humidity: Humidity within the
range from 20 percent to 80 percent without condensation will enable
satisfactory operation of these

 57
 

devices. This is controlled for all units installed in
environmental enclosures.

c.                          Electrical: Input voltage required by the
computers is 120V, with a tolerance of 90-130V and a frequency of 50 Hz/60 Hz
with a tolerance of 48-62 Hz. Power requirements vary according to the number
and types of devices included in the configuration. Considering the normal
quality of power available in an industrial facility, a dedicated power
regulation transformer is recommended for the computer CPU and disks to
attenuate transients and to provide “in spec” power during surges and brown
outs.

d.                         Cleanliness: Although a ‘computer room’
environment is not always required for mini-computers and micro-computers, the
location selected for the computer should be reasonably free from grease, dirt,
smoke, and other similar air contaminants. Filters for units in environmental
enclosures must be maintained.

e.                          Vibration and Shock: Vibration can slowly
impair mechanical parts and, when severe, may cause system errors or disk
problems; hence it should be avoided or controlled. The computer equipment is
built to withstand normal building vibrations.

However, conditions where vibration is likely, such as
a platform where heavy machinery is operating, should be avoided. If unusual or
prolonged vibration is likely, as in systems installed in a truck, ship, or
aircraft, all cabinets should be securely anchored to the installation deck
and/or bulkheads by mounting brackets and shock mounts.

f.                            Electromagnetic Interference: Introduction
of electrical interference can cause errors in computer functions and data.
Sources of electromagnetic interference such as radar, radio and television
transmission, automotive ignition systems, power lines, electric tools, and
appliances will be kept outside of the computer room area.

9.                         Suitable
electric service, lighting, water, and heat as may be required for
installation, test, and operation of the equipment, per OSHA specifications.
Voltage supplies may not vary more than plus or minus 8 percent during
installation and may not vary more than plus or minus 5 percent for permanent
power. The frequency variation may not exceed plus or minus 1 percent at all
times. Electrical service of 120V, 20 amperes on 100-foot centers and 480V, 3
phase, 100 amperes on 200-foot centers will be required for installation tools.
The minimum lighting requirement will be not less that 10 foot candles as
measured at the location where the work is actually performed.

10.                   Full
service maintenance of equipment, commencing with The Children’s Place’s
operation of a portion or all of the equipment.

11.                   Full
compliance by The Children’s Place with the “OSHA Lockout / Tag out” rules and
regulations as enacted by the U.S. Department of Labor.

 58
 

12.                   Area
guarding necessary to protect Personnel such as: warning signs, handrails,
barriers, netting, floor markings, etc. will be the responsibility of The
Children’s Place.

13.                   Guarding
to protect the equipment from damage by fork trucks.

14.                   Qualified
Operation / Maintenance Technicians, with any tools or equipment required, for
full-time on-the-job training commencing at the start of system checkout
on-site. Provide qualified, trained Operators in sufficient quantities for
system testing.

15.                   After
beneficial use, suitable devices for the safe maintenance or servicing of
elevated equipment where catwalks, platforms, or similar means of access are
not provided. These devices could include man lifts, platform ladders, or
similar devices.

16.                   Area
for tool cribs and construction trailers, and parking for lifting devices.

17.                   Excavations,
drainage, piling, foundations, masonry and concrete work, concrete lining,
steel, and other building materials necessary to the installation or operation
of the equipment.

18.                   Any
building alterations, including enclosures, floor openings, wall openings, fire
doors, structural integrity and similar requirements in accordance with all
applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, codes and regulations. This is to
include the removal or alteration of obstructions, concrete floor cuts and/or
expansion joints, existing equipment or new equipment not provided by Dematic
to allow for a clear path for the installation of the equipment listed in this
Proposal and depicted on the layout drawings provided. In the event Dematic is
required to alter the path of the proposed system or perform other work to
accommodate the building alterations or obstructions, the price and schedule
impacts will be provided to The Children’s Place for review and approval.

19.                   Building
ground and lightning protection systems.

20.                   All
fire protection system requirements.

21.                   Drain
lines will be provided as required for air compressor(s) and air dryer(s).

22.                   Appropriate
Operational and Maintenance Personnel to receive on-the-job operational and
maintenance instructions from Dematic prior to completion of the work required
by this Proposal.

23.                   Security
services and/or precautions sufficient to protect the worksite, construction
underway, and Dematic tools/equipment.

24.                   Secure
storage for backup media.

7.3      The
Children’s Place Site Conditions

The Children’s Place is responsible for the following:

 59
 

1.                         A
building with adequate structural strength to support the load of the
equipment, materials being handled, guarding, and all other loads being imposed
upon the structure in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local
laws, codes and regulations.

2.                         A
worksite prepared to permit lay down, installation, and operation of the
equipment in a time frame as required by the project schedule.

3.                         A
worksite in a watertight condition and free of debris or obstructions other
than those caused by Dematic.

4.                         A
work site to permit installation and operation of the equipment, as required by
the Project Schedule.

5.                         A
clear path for the ingress to and the egress from the installation site for
Dematic Personnel and equipment.

6.                         The
necessary access roads and cleared dock areas suitable for receiving and
unloading the equipment. Dematic will advise the approximate arrival time of
delivery trucks.

7.                         Unless
otherwise agreed to, an open and clear area above and below the equipment to be
installed overhead.

8.                         A
secure, safe, dry, convenient, and adequate storage area for Dematic equipment,
tools, and materials used on the site. Adequate working space will also be
provided for the Dematic Installation crew.

9.                         Flooring
with anti-static qualities needs to be provided in the computer room area.

 60
 

8                            Safety

8.1                  Mutual
Commitment to Safety

Dematic and The Children’s
Place recognize that accidents can be reduced by following safe practices in
the design, construction, installation, operation, and maintenance of the
equipment. Therefore, in a mutual effort to minimize the possibility of
accidents, Dematic and The Children’s Place agree as follows:

1.                         Dematic
furnished equipment will be designed, manufactured, and installed under the
guidance of the appropriate ANSI/ASME Standards. Likewise, The Children’s Place
will apply appropriate ANSI/ASME Standards as they incorporate user
instructions into their operations, and will enforce these operating standards
and instructions. In particular, The Children’s Place will place into standard
operating procedure those instructions contained within the Dematic supplied
Conveyor Safety Guidelines Form Number 5100 (9/02).

2.                         When
Dematic provides on-site installation services, Dematic will provide
operational and maintenance instructions and training prior to the completion
of Commissioning. The Children’s Place will provide the appropriate Operational
and Maintenance Personnel for such instructions and training. The Children’s
Place will retain a record of attendees.

3.                         Dematic
will provide written instructions relating to the safe use of the equipment.
These materials will include such items as manuals, safety instructions,
posters, user instructions, etc. The Children’s Place will make such
instructions available on a continuous basis to its Operational and Maintenance
Personnel.

4.                         The
Children’s Place will periodically conduct safety programs, as required, to
keep its Operational and Maintenance Personnel, including new hires, constantly
knowledgeable with respect to the safe use of the equipment.

5.                         The
Children’s Place will maintain a dress code which requires all Personnel around
the equipment to wear hair protection (or short hair), snug fitting clothes and
heavy duty work shoes. The wearing of tennis shoes, baggy cuffs, neckties,
jewelry and similar apparel will not be permitted. Hard hats will be worn where
Personnel could be subjected to injury because of obstructions or falling
objects.

6.                         The
Children’s Place will provide man lifts, platforms or similar devices for the
safe maintenance servicing of elevated equipment where catwalks, platforms or
similar means of access are not provided.

 61
 

8.2                  OSHA Lockout /
Tagout Rules

NOTE An important note to The Children’s Place.

On August 28, 1989, the U.S.
Department of Labor amended the Occupational Safety and Health Standards to
incorporate lockout / tagout requirements. This standard applies to most
employers and covers, among other things, “the servicing and maintenance of
machines and equipment in which the unexpected energization or start-up of the
machines or equipment...could cause injury to employee.” The standard states that
servicing and maintenance covers various workplace activities including “lubrication,
cleaning or un-jamming of machines or equipment...where the employee may be
exposed to the unexpected energization or start-up of the equipment....”

In Dematic’s opinion, this
standard applies to most workplaces utilizing powered conveyor. Dematic is
bringing this to the attention of The Children’s Place in the event The
Children’s Place is not aware of the standard. Dematic urges The Children’s
Place to review the applicability and requirements of the standard with respect
to The Children’s Place’s facilities. In general, the standard requires
employers to establish an ongoing program of control procedures and employee
training (regardless of training provided by the equipment vendor at the time
of sale) to ensure that equipment is rendered inoperative before any servicing
or maintenance is performed.

The referenced standard (as
may be amended) can be found at 29 CFR Part 1910, Section 1910.147; it was
published in the Federal Register, Volume 54, No. 169 on September 1, 1989.
Also, copies may be requested from the Dematic Contracts Administration
Department. This and other pertinent OSHA safety standards may be found at WWW.osha.gov.

 62

9                            System
Pricing

9.1                  Base System

The following prices are
provided for the Third-party commodities, Mechanical Installation, and
Electrical Installation services as described in Dematic Proposal 104846. The
prices and the acceptance of this Agreement by Dematic are contingent upon
performing the work under Proposal 104846 in conjunction with the Dematic
Proposal Number 103522 dated 2006-September-27 and execution by The Children’s
Place Services Company, LLC (“The Children’s Place”) of the Agreement for Dematic
Proposal Number 103522 dated 2006-September-27.

The price for the performance
of Dematic work described in this Proposal is as follows:

	
  Base System Price 

  	
  Total

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  16,756.000

  	
   

  

 

9.2                  Pricing Notes

Above pricing does not
include building permits, installation permits, or other project permits or
fees. All permits and fees are the responsibility of The Children’s Place.

All options are priced to be
purchased with the Base System.

Above pricing does not
include any sales, use, excise, or similar taxes – these are the responsibility
of The Children’s Place. If The Children’s Place is tax exempt, an appropriate
tax exemption certificate must be provided within 60 days of order.

Notwithstanding any of the
above, within thirty (30) days of signing the Agreement the Purchaser shall
have the right to terminate the Agreement upon written notice to Dematic. In
the event of such termination, Purchaser shall pay Dematic the reasonable value
of the equipment and services already provided to Purchaser.

All prices are in U.S.
dollars.

NOTE Commodity Pricing Fluctuations – The metals
(steel, aluminum, and copper) to be provided for this project were priced at
rates in effect as of the date of this Proposal. Because of the volatility of
market prices, any changes in the prices for these commodities from the date of
this Proposal to the date on which Dematic ships the equipment, will be charged
at “price in effect” on the date of

 63
 

shipment to the installation
site. Price adjustments shall be made based upon the changes in the following
published price indicators: (1) Steel - Nucor Steel’s price list and
surcharges, (2) Aluminum — London Metal Exchange, (3) Copper-London Metal
Exchange, which may result in an added charge or credit to The Children’s Place.

9.3                  Delivery and
Shipping Terms

Delivery and Shipping Terms
for the equipment shall be: F.O.B. Destination, Freight Prepay and Add.

9.4                  Export Laws and
Regulations

The Children’s Place
acknowledges that Dematic is required to comply with applicable export laws and
regulations relating to the sale, exportation, transfer, assignment, disposal
and usage of the work/equipment/services provided under the Contract, including
any export license requirements. The Children’s Place agrees that such
work/equipment/services shall not at any time directly or indirectly be used,
exported, sold, transferred, assigned or otherwise disposed of in a manner
which will result in non-compliance with such applicable export laws and
regulations. It shall be a condition of the continuing performance by Dematic
of its obligations hereunder that compliance with such export laws and
regulations be maintained at all times.

The Children’s Place agrees
to indemnify and hold Dematic harmless from any and all costs, liabilities,
penalties, sanctions and fines related to non-compliance with applicable export
laws and regulations that are caused by The Children’s Place’s negligent
actions.

9.5      Payment Terms

Dematic agrees to submit
invoices and The Children’s Place agrees to pay invoices in accordance with the
invoice and payment schedule shown below. All payments shall be made payable
net 30 days from invoice date, at the address indicated on the Dematic invoice.

A late payment charge of five
one-hundredths of one percent (.05) per day (18 percent annum, based upon a
360-day year) will be added to any amount not received by Dematic on or before
the invoice payment date indicated on the payment schedule. Where this rate
exceeds a maximum rate permitted by applicable law, the permissible rate will
apply.

If this Agreement provides
for Dematic to install the Equipment, the final invoice, per the invoice and
payment schedule, may be held by The Children’s Place as retainer. The Children’s
Place will pay the retainer (final invoice) amount within thirty (30) days
after Dematic completion of Installation Commissioning.

 64
 

However, should there be a dispute about the
completion of the Installation Commissioning, then The Children’s Place shall
inform Dematic of any claimed defects in the Equipment and the amount of any
retainer necessary to correct claimed defects will be mutually determined. The
Children’s Place will then pay the final invoice less the determined amount.
The Children’s Place will pay the remaining retainer upon correction by Dematic
of any defects in the Equipment as mutually determined.

Upon contract ratification, the following payment
terms apply:

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Payment Terms

  	
   

  	
  Time Frame

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Twenty percent of the total project price as a down
  payment less any previous payments made

  	
   

  	
  Upon execution of contract.

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Monthly progress payments. (Progress payments and
  down payment will not exceed 50% of the contract value prior to February 1,
  2007.)

  	
   

  	
  Net thirty days.

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  Five percent retainer

  	
   

  	
  Thirty days after system acceptance.

  

 

9.6      Commercial
Terms

This Proposal is based on General Terms and Conditions
- Exhibit A. Dematic’s price is based on our standard practices, equipment,
Terms and Conditions, and warranty.

 65
 

10       Sales
Agreement

This Sales Agreement, (hereinafter referred to as “Agreement”),
made by and between The Children’s Place Services Company, LLC, 915 Secaucus
Road, Secaucus, New Jersey 07094, (hereinafter referred to as “The Children’s
Place”) and Dematic Corp., with headquarters located at 507 Plymouth Avenue, N.E.,
Grand Rapids, Michigan, 49605, (hereinafter referred to as “Dematic”),
constitutes the Agreement of the parties as follows:

1.                         Dematic
agrees to sell to The Children’s Place and The Children’s Place agrees to
purchase from Dematic, the equipment and services described in Dematic Proposal
Number 104846, dated 2006-September-27, Sections 1 through 10, for the price
set forth in the Proposal and on the General Terms and Conditions — Exhibit A.

2.                         This
Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and no oral or
other representation shall prevail, notwithstanding any other terms and
conditions of any order submitted by The Children’s Place. Any changes,
modifications, or additions to this Agreement are binding and enforceable only
if made in writing and signed by both parties.

	
  Approved and Executed By:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  The Children’s
  Place Services

  Company, LLC

  	
   

  	
  Dematic Corp.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ Sal Pepitone

  	
   

  	
  /s/ Illegible

  
	
  Signature

  	
   

  	
  Signature

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SAL PEPITONE

  	
   

  	
  [Illegible]

  
	
  Name (please
  print)

  	
   

  	
  Name (please print)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  V. P. of
  LOGISTICS

  	
   

  	
  V P SALES

  
	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Title

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9-29-06

  	
   

  	
  9/29/06

  
	
  Date

  	
   

  	
  Date

  

 

 66
 

10.1    General
Terms and Conditions – Exhibit A

The Dematic Corp. (“Dematic”) Proposal and Sales
Agreement specifically incorporate the following General Terms and Conditions.
Collectively the Proposal, Sales Agreement, and these General Terms and
Conditions are referred to herein as the “Agreement” between Dematic and The
Children’s Place.

 67

 

	
  GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

  	
  Exhibit A

  

 

The following General Terms and Conditions
shall apply to any resulting order between Dematic Corp. (hereinafter referred
to as “Dematic”) and Purchaser.

1.                         TAXES: Unless
otherwise indicated, the price does not include any sales, use, excise, or
similar taxes, and Purchaser shall be responsible for all such taxes, whether
or not invoiced by Dematic. If taxes are included as part of the price and the
rate or base of the tax is increased or decreased, Purchaser will pay any
increased taxes, and Dematic will give credit for any tax decrease. Absent
written agreement to the contrary, Dematic will pay the tax and be reimbursed
by the Purchaser.

In the event Purchaser is exempt from such
taxes or should Purchaser elect to pay such taxes directly to the taxing
authority, then within 60 days of the order, Purchaser will provide Dematic
with a valid tax exemption certificate or similar document satisfactory in form
to Dematic.

2.                         WARRANTY: Dematic warrants that goods sold by Dematic
will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of two years
from the date of installation or four thousand hours of operation, whichever
occurs first. Dematic’s obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing
or replacing, at Dematic’s option, F.O.B. manufacturing plant, any part of the
goods found to be defective within the warranty period. This obligation is
conditioned upon receipt by Dematic of prompt written notice of the claimed
defect, including a description of the defect and its discovery, and the
opportunity for Dematic to inspect the goods in the purchaser’s facility. This
obligation does not include costs of labor or other charges incurred in
removing or reinstalling parts, and does not apply to goods damaged by misuse,
neglect or accident or to goods which have been improperly applied, installed,
adjusted, operated, maintained, repaired or altered by persons other than
Dematic.

If the goods include computer hardware or
software acquired from original manufacturers, Dematic’s obligation will be
limited to conveying and transferring to Purchaser any interest, rights and/or
warranties which Dematic may obtain.

DEMATIC MAKES NO ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLED, AS TO ANY GOODS, AND IN PARTICULAR DEMATIC MAKES NO
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

3.                         INSURANCE BY DEMATIC: Dematic will maintain insurance covering its
operations as follows:

a.                        Worker’s
Compensation Insurance as required by the state having jurisdiction over
Dematic and Employer’s Liability with limit of $1,000,000.

b.                       Commercial General Liability Insurance with combined single limit for
bodily injuries and property damage of $1,000,000.

c.                        Automotive Liability Insurance for bodily injuries,
including death and property damage with combined single limit of $1,000,000.

Dematic may, at its sole option, satisfy these
requirements with commercial insurance or through a program of combined
self-insurance, self-insured retention, and excess insurance.

Certificates of insurance or letter of
authority to self-insure will be furnished upon request.

4.                         INSURANCE
BY PURCHASER: Purchaser assumes all risk of loss from damage and
destruction of the material and equipment and any applicable installation charges
thereof. Such risk of loss will transfer to Purchaser at the F.O.B. point
pursuant to the shipping terms of the Agreement (F.O.B. destination). Purchaser
agrees to acquire and maintain all risk insurance covering damage and
destruction of the materials and equipment at replacement value and in no event
less than the purchase price including any increases by change order(s). The
insurance policy or policies shall include Dematic as an insured, shall provide
for 20 days prior notification to Dematic if the insurance coverage is
terminated, reduced, or otherwise materially modified, and shall provide that
the insurance proceeds shall be payable to Dematic and Purchaser as their
interests may appear. Payments made by an insurance carrier to Dematic as a result
of such damage or destruction of the equipment will be applied against the
purchase price and any other amounts owed by Purchaser under the Agreement.
Purchaser shall furnish Dematic with certificates evidencing such insurance.

5.                         INDEMNIFICATION: The equipment furnished hereunder will be
manufactured with Dematic safety features and furnished with user safety
instructions. The operation of the equipment with safety features removed or
modified and/or the disregard of the user safety instructions is outside of
Dematic’s control and is the responsibility of the Purchaser. Therefore,
Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold Dematic harmless from any and all
claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, costs, and expenses of
any kind or nature (including attorney’s fees) for loss or damage which may be
suffered by Dematic as a result of injury to persons arising from such removal
or modification to Dematic-furnished safety features and/or the disregard of
Dematic-furnished user safety instructions, including any person injured while
riding, sitting, stepping, walking, or climbing on the equipment furnished
hereunder; Provided that Dematic notifies Purchaser in writing, within 30 days
of Dematic’s knowledge of any such claim, and gives Purchaser the exclusive
control of the defense and settlement of any claim.

Dematic agrees to indemnify and hold Purchaser
harmless from any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits,
costs, and expenses of any kind or nature including attorney’s fees) for loss
or damage which may be suffered by Purchaser as a result of injury to persons
arising from defects in material and workmanship of the equipment caused by
Dematic. Provided that Purchaser notifies Dematic in writing, within 30 days of
Purchaser’s knowledge of any such claim, and gives Dematic the exclusive
control of the defense and settlement of any claim.

6.                         CHANGE ORDER: The parties may agree at any time prior to
final payment of the Agreement to make additions, deletions, or other revisions
by Change Order or Work Order (as defined below) without invalidating the
Agreement. No such change will be performed by Dematic until an approved Change
Order or Work Order is executed as provided below.

a.                        When the price, schedule and
other conditions relating to the change can be determined prior to the start of
work under the change, a document describing this change (Change Order) will be
issued for execution by the parties.

b.                       When the
change requires immediate action and the issuance of an executed Change Order
with firm price would unreasonably delay the change. Purchaser shall place its
signature upon a document authorizing Dematic to proceed 

with the change (Work Order). After the change under
the Work Order has been completed, Dematic will calculate the firm price for
the change using actual costs (including overhead and reasonable profit)
current at time of performance of the

 

work. Completed Work Order(s) will be
incorporated into a Change Order for execution by the parties.

Unless expressly modified by a Change Order or
Work Order, the provisions of the Agreement will govern all work performed
under such Change Order or Work Order.

7.                         LIENS:
Dematic will protect Purchaser as to any lien asserted against Purchaser’s
property for work, material or services furnished by others at Dematic’s
request when Purchaser makes the payments provided for in the Agreement.

8.                         RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES: If Dematic defaults in the performance of any of its
obligations under the Agreement (other than its obligations under Article 2
hereof) and if Dematic has not cured the default or implemented a plan to cure
the default in a diligent manner within 20 days after Purchaser shall have
given Dematic written notice of the default, or such other time period as
mutually agreed upon, Purchaser shall have the right to terminate the Agreement
upon written notice to Dematic. In the event of such termination, Purchaser may
(i) pay to Dematic the reasonable value of equipment and services already
provided to Purchaser, or (ii) complete the work specified in the Agreement.

If Purchaser elects to complete the work and
the reasonable costs of completion exceed the unpaid balance of the Agreement
price, Dematic shall pay the difference to Purchaser. If the unpaid balance of
the purchase price exceeds the reasonable cost of completion, Purchaser shall
pay the difference to Dematic.

If Purchaser fails to pay the purchase price,
or any installment thereof, within 10 days after it is due, or if Purchaser
defaults in the performance of any of its other obligations under the Agreement
and if the default continues for 20 days after Dematic gives Purchaser written
notice thereof, or such other time period as mutually agreed upon, then Dematic
shall have the right to (i) suspend performance of its obligation under the
Agreement until the default is cured, or (ii) exercise any right or remedy
provided for in the Agreement, or available to Dematic under applicable law.

9.                         SECURITY INTEREST AND TITLE:

a.                        Subject
to any interest that Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC has in the equipment
pursuant to the credit facility dated November 21, 2004, as amended between the
purchaser and Wells Fargo, Dematic retains a security interest in the equipment
to secure the purchase price payable by Purchaser under the Agreement and all
other amounts now and hereafter owing by Purchaser to Dematic hereunder. Upon
request by Dematic, Purchaser will execute and deliver to Dematic a financing
statement evidencing this security interest.

b.                       Dematic
hereby grants Purchaser a single site non-transferable and non-exclusive
license to use all computer software manufactured and provided by Dematic under
the Agreement. Title to the software and documentation, if any, provided
hereunder shall at all times remain with Dematic. Purchaser agrees to use such
software strictly in compliance with the terms of the Agreement, and for the
use(s) contemplated herein, and specifically agrees not to copy, furnish,
disclose, or otherwise make said software, or any portion thereof, available to
any third party.

c.                        The
Dematic manufactured and provided software is a proprietary trade secret of
Dematic. Purchaser agrees to maintain confidentiality of Dematic software, and
to restrict access to Purchaser’s employees or agents directly concerned with
Purchaser’s licensed use of same.

d.                       Refer
to Article 2 for provisions of title for software which Dematic acquires from
original manufacturers.

10.                  DELAYS: If Dematic’s performance is delayed or
prevented by Purchaser or other cause uncontrolled by Dematic (such as
casualty, labor trouble, governmental action, inability to obtain supplies or
transportation, or any order modification by Purchaser):

a.                        Purchaser agrees to pay Dematic Invoices upon notification that
equipment is ready for shipment in accordance with the shipping schedule and to reimburse Dematic for expenses
incident to such delay including, without limitation, the cost of engineering, equipment and
installation escalations; maintaining, repairing and refurbishing equipment;
storage, demurrage, and pullout charges from installation site; and

b.                       The time for delivery of the equipment and performance of the services
will be extended accordingly, and Dematic will not be liable for any damages caused by the delay; and

c.                        The stated purchase price shall be revised based
upon labor wage rates and other conditions prevailing at the time of actual
performance.

11.                  PATENTS: Dematic agrees to indemnify and hold
Purchaser harmless from any damages (including litigation costs incurred) that
may be awarded against Purchaser in any final judgment based upon a claim that
the equipment or its use infringes any currently existing United States patents
owned by third parties, provided that Purchaser notifies Dematic in writing,
within 30 days of Purchaser’s knowledge of any such claim, and gives Dematic
the exclusive control of the defense and settlement of any claim, including the
right to make changes in the equipment to avoid any alleged infringement, so
long as such changes do not materially affect the performance of such equipment
which shall be determined by the Purchaser in its sole reasonable discretion.
Purchaser is responsible for any infringement claim arising from any
modifications of the equipment by Purchaser or any combining by Purchaser of
the equipment with other equipment not furnished by Dematic.

12.                  ASSIGNMENT/SUBCONTRACTS: Purchaser shall not delegate the performance
of any obligation hereunder, nor assign any rights arising under the Agreement,
to any unaffiliated third person without the prior written consent of Dematic.

Dematic reserves the right to use
subcontractors in the performance of any services to be performed by Dematic.
Dematic is responsible for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor so
engaged.

13.                  LIMITATION OF
REMEDIES/GOVERNING LAW: The
Agreement sets forth Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedies for any defect in
or non-conformity of any equipment or services and for any negligent design,
manufacture, or installation of the equipment, and for any breach of the
Agreement by Dematic. Neither Dematic nor Purchaser shall be liable for
incidental or consequential damages (including loss of profits).

The Agreement shall be interpreted and
enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Michigan.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00133-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00133-of-00352.parquet"}]]